WO2017019840A1 - Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods - Google Patents

Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017019840A1
WO2017019840A1 PCT/US2016/044406 US2016044406W WO2017019840A1 WO 2017019840 A1 WO2017019840 A1 WO 2017019840A1 US 2016044406 W US2016044406 W US 2016044406W WO 2017019840 A1 WO2017019840 A1 WO 2017019840A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
glass
cover glass
based layer
consumer electronic
sheet
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2016/044406
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Peter Joseph Lezzi
Richard Orr Maschmeyer
John Christopher Thomas
Kevin Lee Wasson
Original Assignee
Corning Incorporated
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US14/814,293 external-priority patent/US9802853B2/en
Application filed by Corning Incorporated filed Critical Corning Incorporated
Priority to CN201680054630.4A priority Critical patent/CN108431725B/en
Priority to KR1020187005873A priority patent/KR102544090B1/en
Priority to JP2018504918A priority patent/JP6749997B2/en
Priority to US15/749,015 priority patent/US11097974B2/en
Priority to EP16751081.7A priority patent/EP3329348A1/en
Priority to CN202110880124.3A priority patent/CN113620577B/en
Publication of WO2017019840A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017019840A1/en
Priority to US17/380,461 priority patent/US11891324B2/en
Priority to US18/403,845 priority patent/US20240140852A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/30Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer formed with recesses or projections, e.g. hollows, grooves, protuberances, ribs
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/012Tempering or quenching glass products by heat treatment, e.g. for crystallisation; Heat treatment of glass products before tempering by cooling
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/0413Stresses, e.g. patterns, values or formulae for flat or bent glass sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B17/00Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres
    • B32B17/06Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material
    • B32B17/10Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin
    • B32B17/10005Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing
    • B32B17/10009Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets
    • B32B17/10036Layered products essentially comprising sheet glass, or glass, slag, or like fibres comprising glass as the main or only constituent of a layer, next to another layer of a specific material of synthetic resin laminated safety glass or glazing characterized by the number, the constitution or treatment of glass sheets comprising two outer glass sheets
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60JWINDOWS, WINDSCREENS, NON-FIXED ROOFS, DOORS, OR SIMILAR DEVICES FOR VEHICLES; REMOVABLE EXTERNAL PROTECTIVE COVERINGS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES
    • B60J1/00Windows; Windscreens; Accessories therefor
    • B60J1/001Double glazing for vehicles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/016Tempering or quenching glass products by absorbing heat radiated from the glass product
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/0404Nozzles, blow heads, blowing units or their arrangements, specially adapted for flat or bent glass sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/044Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/044Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position
    • C03B27/048Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a horizontal position on a gas cushion
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/052Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a vertical position
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • C03B27/04Tempering or quenching glass products using gas
    • C03B27/052Tempering or quenching glass products using gas for flat or bent glass sheets being in a vertical position
    • C03B27/0526Stresses, e.g. patterns, values or formulae
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B29/00Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins
    • C03B29/04Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins in a continuous way
    • C03B29/06Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins in a continuous way with horizontal displacement of the products
    • C03B29/08Glass sheets
    • C03B29/12Glass sheets being in a horizontal position on a fluid support, e.g. a gas or molten metal
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B29/00Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins
    • C03B29/04Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins in a continuous way
    • C03B29/14Reheating glass products for softening or fusing their surfaces; Fire-polishing; Fusing of margins in a continuous way with vertical displacement of the products
    • C03B29/16Glass sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B35/00Transporting of glass products during their manufacture, e.g. hot glass lenses, prisms
    • C03B35/14Transporting hot glass sheets or ribbons, e.g. by heat-resistant conveyor belts or bands
    • C03B35/22Transporting hot glass sheets or ribbons, e.g. by heat-resistant conveyor belts or bands on a fluid support bed, e.g. on molten metal
    • C03B35/24Transporting hot glass sheets or ribbons, e.g. by heat-resistant conveyor belts or bands on a fluid support bed, e.g. on molten metal on a gas support bed
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C21/00Treatment of glass, not in the form of fibres or filaments, by diffusing ions or metals in the surface
    • C03C21/001Treatment of glass, not in the form of fibres or filaments, by diffusing ions or metals in the surface in liquid phase, e.g. molten salts, solutions
    • C03C21/002Treatment of glass, not in the form of fibres or filaments, by diffusing ions or metals in the surface in liquid phase, e.g. molten salts, solutions to perform ion-exchange between alkali ions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C23/00Other surface treatment of glass not in the form of fibres or filaments
    • C03C23/007Other surface treatment of glass not in the form of fibres or filaments by thermal treatment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C3/00Glass compositions
    • C03C3/04Glass compositions containing silica
    • C03C3/076Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight
    • C03C3/11Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing halogen or nitrogen
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/016Input arrangements with force or tactile feedback as computer generated output to the user
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/208Touch screens
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C2204/00Glasses, glazes or enamels with special properties
    • C03C2204/08Glass having a rough surface
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P40/00Technologies relating to the processing of minerals
    • Y02P40/50Glass production, e.g. reusing waste heat during processing or shaping
    • Y02P40/57Improving the yield, e-g- reduction of reject rates
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/31Surface property or characteristic of web, sheet or block
    • Y10T428/315Surface modified glass [e.g., tempered, strengthened, etc.]

Definitions

  • Provisional Application Serial No. 62/236296 filed on October 2, 2015 and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 62/288851 filed on January 29, 2016 and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 62/286192 filed on January 22, 2016 and claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. ⁇ 120 of U.S. Application Serial No. 14/814232 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S.
  • the disclosure relates generally to thermally conditioned (e.g., strengthened, tempered, heated, etc.) cover glass for consumer electronic applications, and specifically relates to thermally strengthened glass and to related methods and systems for the thermal strengthening of glass for consumer electronic applications, particularly for thin consumer electronic glass sheets (also called “cover glass” herein).
  • thermally conditioned e.g., strengthened, tempered, heated, etc.
  • Thermal strengthening of glass is distinguished from chemical strengthening of glass, in which surface compressive stresses are generated by changing the chemical composition of the glass in regions near the surface by a process such as ion diffusion.
  • exterior portions of glass may be strengthened by exchanging larger ions for smaller ions near the glass surface to impart a compressive stress (also called negative tensile stress) on or near the surface.
  • the compressive stress is believed to limit crack initiation and/or propagation.
  • Thermal strengthening of glass also is distinguished from glass strengthened by processes in which exterior portions of the glass are strengthened or arranged by combining two types of glass. In such processes, layers of glass compositions that have differing coefficients of thermal expansion are combined or laminated together while hot. For example, by sandwiching molten glass with a higher coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) between layers of molten glass with a lower CTE, positive tension in the interior glass compresses the outer layers when the glasses cool, again forming compressive stress on the surface to balance the positive tensile stress. This surface compressive stress provides strengthening.
  • CTE coefficient of thermal expansion
  • Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass has advantages relative to unstrengthened glass.
  • the surface compression of the strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass provides greater resistance to fracture than unstrengthened glass.
  • the increase in strength generally is proportional to the amount of surface compression stress. If a sheet possesses a sufficient level of thermal strengthening, relative to its thickness, then if the sheet is broken, generally it will divide into small fragments rather than into large or elongated fragments with sharp edges. Glass that breaks into sufficiently small fragments, or "dices,” as defined by various established standards, may be known as safety glass, or "fully tempered” glass, or sometimes simply "tempered” glass.
  • aspects of the present disclosure also relate to consumer electronic glass or cover glass that has a stress profile for strengthening exterior portions thereof.
  • Consumer electronic glass such as cover glass for use on any surface of a consumer electronic device, may be used for a broad range of applications Such applications include cell phones, tablets, mobile phones, personal computers, notebook computers, digital signage, digital white board, etc.
  • aspects of the present disclosure also relate generally to glass or glass-ceramic that has a stress profile for strengthening exterior portions thereof.
  • Glass and glass-ceramic articles such as sheets of glass, may be used for a broad range of applications. Examples of such applications include use in windows, countertops, containers (e.g., food, chemical), use as a backplane, frontplane, cover glass, etc., for a display device (e.g., tablet, cellular phone, television), use as a high-temperature substrate or support structure, or other applications.
  • This disclosure relates, in part, to highly strengthened thin consumer electronic glass or cover glass sheets and articles, and to methods, processes, and systems that achieve surprisingly high levels of heat strengthening of consumer electronic glass or cover glass sheets at thicknesses not achieved in the past.
  • the process and method of the current disclosure is believed to surpass the consumer electronic glass or cover glass thickness limits and heat transfer rates provided by conventional convective gas thermal strengthening processes without the need to contact the consumer electronic glass or cover glass with liquid or solid heat sinks.
  • the cover glass is contacted only with a gas.
  • the systems and methods disclosed enable thermal strengthening, including up to "full temper” or dicing behavior, in cover glass sheets having thicknesses down to at least as thin as 0.1 mm (in at least some contemplated embodiments); and in some embodiments, provides this strengthening in a thin cover glass sheet that also has a low roughness and a high degree of flatness resulting from the lack of liquid or solid contact during quenching.
  • these advantageous cover glass sheet material properties are provided by a system and method with substantially lower quenching power requirements, as compared to
  • One embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for thermally strengthening a consumer electronic glass or cover glass material.
  • the process includes providing article formed from a glass material.
  • the process includes heating the article above a glass transition temperature of the cover glass material.
  • the process includes moving the heated article into a cooling station.
  • the cooling station includes a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated article.
  • the process includes cooling the heated article to a temperature below the cover glass transition temperature such that surface compressive stresses and central tensile stresses are created within the article.
  • the article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink.
  • the system includes a heating station including a heating element delivering heat to the cover glass sheet, and the cover glass sheet includes a first major surface, a second major surface and a thickness between the first and second major surfaces.
  • the system includes a cooling station, including opposing first and second heat sink surfaces defining a channel therebetween such that during cooling the cover glass sheet is located within the channel.
  • the system includes a gas bearing delivering pressurized gas to the channel such that the cover glass sheet is supported within the channel without touching the first and second heat sink surfaces, and the gas bearing defines a gap area.
  • the gas bearing delivers a gas into the channel such that a total mass flow rate of gas into the channel is greater than zero and less than 2k/gC p per square meter of gap area, where k is the thermal conductivity of a gas within the channel evaluated in the direction of heat conduction, g is the distance between the cover glass sheet and the heat sink surface, and C p is the specific heat capacity of the gas within the channel.
  • the article includes a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface and an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces.
  • the article includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm.
  • the article includes at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight.
  • An ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region.
  • the first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa.
  • a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 2.0 nm R a roughness.
  • the consumer electronic product includes an electronic display with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface.
  • a glass-based layer or cover glass is provided at least partially over the electronic display.
  • the glass-based layer or cover glass includes a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween.
  • the glass-based layer or cover glass includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm.
  • an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region.
  • the first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa.
  • a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 2.0 nm R a roughness.
  • the consumer electronic product includes a housing with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface.
  • electrical components including at least a controller, a memory, and a display, are provided at least partially internal to the housing.
  • a glass-based layer or back glass is provided on or over the back surface of the housing.
  • the glass-based layer or back glass includes a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween.
  • the glass-based layer or back glass includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm.
  • an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region.
  • the first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa.
  • a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 2.0 nm R a roughness.
  • a consumer electronic product including a strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass.
  • the consumer electronic product includes a housing with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface.
  • electrical components are provided at least partially internal to the housing.
  • the electrical components include at least a display.
  • the consumer electronic glass or cover glass is provided as or adjacent the front surface of the housing.
  • the glass based layer or cover glass includes a first major surface and a second major surface separated by the thickness.
  • the first major surface of the glass-based layer or cover glass is flat to 100 ⁇ total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm or less profile of the first major surface of the glass-based layer or cover glass.
  • the glass-based layer or cover glass includes a glass material having a low temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of a CTE, a high temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of CC L CTE, an elastic modulus, expressed in GPa, of E, a strain temperature, expressed in units of °C, of T stram , and a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of T so f t .
  • the first major surface of the second glass-based layer has a thermally induced surface compressive stress of less than 600 MPa and greater than soft * strain)] '
  • h is greater than or equal to 0.020 cal/s cm 2 o C.
  • the consumer electronic product includes a housing with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface.
  • electrical components including at least a controller, a memory, and a display, are provided at least partially internal to the housing.
  • a glass-based layer or cover glass is provided at or adjacent the front surface of the housing.
  • the glass-based layer or cover glass is provided at least partially over the display.
  • the glass-based layer or cover glass includes a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween.
  • the first major surface is flat to 100 ⁇ total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm or less profile of the first major surface.
  • the glass-based layer cover glass includes a glass matieral having a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of T so f t and an annealing temperature, expressed in units of °C, of T an neai, and a surface fictive temperature measured on the first major surface represented by Tfs, when expressed in units of °C.
  • the glass-based layer or cover glass having a non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 6s given by ⁇ Tfs - T an neai)l ⁇ Tsoft - Tanneai)-
  • the parameter 6s is in the range of from 0.20 to 0.9.
  • FIG. 1 is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness.
  • FIG. 2 is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness for an old process or machine O and a newer process or machine N.
  • FIG. 3 (Prior Art) is a graph of the old curve O and the new curve N of FIG. 2 scaled to match and superimposed upon the graph of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a consumer electronic/cover glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of a thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass sheet or cover glass of FIG. 4 according an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of estimated tensile stress versus thickness for a glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 shows a portion of a fractured cover glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a plot of fragmentation per square centimeter as a function of positive tensile stress from experiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a plot of the magnitude of negative tensile stress at the surface as a function of initial hot zone temperature from experiment, showing a threshold to achieve dicing.
  • FIG. 10 is a plot of the non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 0s for fictive temperatures obtained by one or more embodiments of methods and systems of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a plot of surface compression stresses calculated by simulation for differing glass compositions, plotted against a proposed temperability parameter ⁇ for the various compositions shown.
  • FIGS. 12 and 13 are graphs of two parameters Pi and P 2 as functions of heat transfer coefficient h.
  • FIG. 14 is a graph of MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t of the sheet in millimeters, showing regions of performance newly opened by one or more embodiments of the systems and methods of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph showing compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected exemplary embodiments of tempered glass sheets of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of a method according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 17 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of another method according to the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is the graph of FIG. 3 with a region R and points A, B, A' and B' marked thereon to show a region in which the methods and systems of the present disclosure allow operation, in contrast to the prior art.
  • FIG. 19 is another representation of the region R and points A, B, A' and B' of FIG. 18, but shown adjacent to (and positioned relative to the scale) of a reduced size copy of FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 20 (Prior Art) is a graph of the required heat transfer coefficient needed for tempering as a function of glass thickness.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagrammatic cross-section of a glass sheet being cooled by conduction more than by convection, according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-sectional diagram of a conductive strengthening system according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 23 is a perspective cut-away view of another embodiment of a system similar to that of FIG. 22 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective cut-away view of an alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a perspective cut-away view of yet another alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of yet another method according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a building with glass windows according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a display on a countertop according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of a consumer electronic device or product including glass or glass-ceramic articles according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
  • Applicant has recognized a need for improvements in thermal processing of cover glass, both in methods and systems for thermally strengthening cover glass and the resulting thermally strengthened cover glass sheets themselves.
  • thinner, but strong optical- quality cover glass sheet materials and products comprising such cover glass sheets are useful for a number of applications, including portable electronic devices, consumer electronic products, cover glass, back glass, etc.
  • Glass is very strong in compression but relatively weak against tension at the surface. By providing compression at the surface of a sheet, balanced by tension at the center where there is no exposed surface, the useful strength of a cover glass sheet is dramatically increased.
  • cover glass or glass-ceramic articles having stress profiles that result in strengthening of the cover glass for a variety of uses such as in windows, countertops, devices, etc. made by processes that are less resource-intensive and/or cumbersome than conventional processes.
  • processes and systems discussed herein form cover glass articles having stress profiles that strengthen the exterior portions of the cover glass, which in turn act to mitigate cracking and damage while at the same time allowing for a variety of other desirable cover glass qualities (e.g., geometry, surface quality, transmittance of visible light, flexibility, etc.) to facilitate the use in various cover glass or consumer electronic product applications.
  • the present description provides improved methods and systems for utilizing thermal strengthening to produce highly strengthened cover glass materials, and in particular highly strengthened thin cover glass sheets.
  • the methods and systems solve a variety of the limitations of conventional cover glass strengthening processes, allowing for high levels of strengthening in cover glass sheets with thicknesses less than about 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1.0 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than about 0.25 mm, and less than about 0.1 mm.
  • Applicant has developed a system and method that provides a very high rate of thermal conduction forming a large enough temperature differential between the surface and center of a cover glass sheet to provide strengthening or tempering even in very thin cover glass sheets.
  • sheet thickness also imposes significant limits on the achievable temperature differential during quenching.
  • FIG. 1 shows the power required by air blowers (in kilowatts per square meter of glass sheet area) employed to blow sufficient ambient air to "fully temper" soda- lime glass (“SLG”), as a function of glass thickness in millimeters, based on industry standard thermal strengthening processes developed 35 years ago.
  • SSG soda- lime glass
  • the performance curves of FIG. 2 were published using state of the art glass thermal strengthening equipment.
  • This improved equipment continues to use traditional air blown convective processes to cool the glass, but replaces rollers used to support the glass during heating with a system that utilizes air to support the glass during at least the last stages of heating. Without roller contact, the glass can be heated to higher temperatures (and higher softness / lower viscosity) prior to quenching, reportedly allowing the production of fully tempered glass at 2 mm thickness.
  • the reported blower power required to strengthen a 2 mm thick sheet is reduced from 1200 kW/m 2 to 400 kW/m 2 at the higher temperatures enabled by using air to support the glass (curve N) as compared to using rollers (curve O).
  • FIG. 3 Prior Art
  • FIG. 3 shows that the improvement in performance achieved by the state of the art convective tempering process (shown in FIG. 2) is relatively small and simply an incremental change in the previous understanding of the energy needs in convective strengthening of glass sheets.
  • FIG. 3 the old and new curves O and N of FIG. 2 are scaled to match the graph of FIG. 1, and overlaid thereon (with the old curve O truncated at the top at 240 kW/m 2 for easier viewing of the new curve N). From FIG.
  • Liquid contact strengthening in the form of immersion in liquid baths or flowing liquids, as well as in the form of spraying, has been used to achieve higher cooling rates than convective gas strengthening, but has the drawback of causing excessive thermal variations across a sheet during the cooling process.
  • immersion or immersion-like spraying or flowing of liquids large thermal variations over small areas can occur due to convection currents that arise spontaneously within the liquid bath or liquid flow.
  • finer spraying the discrete spray droplets and the effects of nozzle spray patterns also produce significant thermal variations. Excessive thermal variations tend to cause glass breakage during thermal strengthening by liquid contact, which can be mitigated by limiting the cooling rates, but limiting cooling rates also lowers the resulting strengths that can be achieved.
  • Solid contact thermal strengthening involves contacting the surface of the hot glass with a cooler solid surface. As with liquid contact strengthening, excessive thermal variations, like those seen in liquid contact strengthening, can easily arise during the quenching process.
  • any imperfection in the surface finish of the glass sheet, in the quenching surfaces, or in the consistency of the thickness of the sheet results in imperfect contact over some area of the sheet, and this imperfect contact may cause large thermal variations that tend to break the glass during processing and may also cause unwanted birefringence if the sheet survives.
  • contacting the hot glass sheet with a solid object can lead to the formation of surface defects, such as chips, checks, cracks, scratches, and the like. Achieving good physical contact over the entirety of the surfaces of a glass sheet also can become increasing difficult as the dimensions of the sheet increase. Physical contact with a solid surface also can mechanically stress the sheet during quenching, adding to the likelihood of breaking the sheet during the process. Further, the extreme high rate temperature changes at the initiation of contact can cause breakage during sheet processing and, as such, contact cooling of thin glass substrates has not been commercially viable.
  • the present disclosure surpasses the traditional processes described above to effectively, efficiently, and evenly thermally strengthen thin cover glass sheets at commercial scales without generating various flaws common in conventional processes, e.g., without damaging the surface of the cover glass, without inducing birefringence, without uneven strengthening, and/or without causing unacceptable breakage, etc.
  • Previously unobtainable, thin, thermally tempered/strengthened cover glass sheets can be produced by one or more of the embodiments disclosed herein.
  • the systems and processes discussed herein accomplish this by providing very high heat transfer rates in a precise manner, with good physical control and gentle handling of the cover glass.
  • the processes and systems discussed herein utilize a small-gap, gas bearing in the cooling/quenching section that Applicant has identified as allowing for processing thin cover glass sheets at higher relative temperatures at the start of cooling, resulting in higher thermal strengthening levels.
  • this small- gap, gas bearing cooling/quenching section achieves very high heat transfer rates via conductive heat transfer to heat sink(s) across the gap, rather than using high air flow based convective cooling. This high rate conductive heat transfer is achieved while not contacting the cover glass with liquid or solid material, by supporting the cover glass on gas bearings within the gap.
  • Applicant has also identified that, in at least some embodiments, the processes and systems discussed herein form thermally strengthened cover glass, specifically thermally strengthened thin cover glass (e.g, for consumer electronic products), having one or more unique properties.
  • Some embodiments of cover glass sheets treated by methods and/or systems according to the present disclosure have higher levels of permanent thermally induced stresses than previously known. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the achieved levels of thermally induced stress are obtainable for a combination of reasons.
  • the high uniformity of the heat transfer in the processes detailed herein reduces or removes physical and unwanted thermal stresses in the cover glass, allowing consumer electronic glass sheets to be tempered at higher heat transfer rates without breaking.
  • the present methods can be performed at lower glass sheet viscosities (higher initial temperatures at the start of quench), while still preserving the desired cover glass flatness and form, which provides a much greater change in temperature in the cooling process, thus increasing the heat strengthening levels achieved.
  • thermally strengthened cover glass sheets particularly thin cover glass sheets
  • the thermally strengthened, thin cover glass sheets formed as discussed herein have one or more unique properties and/or combinations of properties, previously unachievable through conventional thermal or other tempering methods.
  • the thermally tempered cover glass or consumer electronic glass of the present disclosure may be used in a variety of consumer electronic products (e.g., computers, tablets, personal handheld devices, touch sensitive displays, household appliances, mobile phones, portable media players, televisions, notebook computers, watches, tablet computers, etc.).
  • FIG. 4 shows a perspective view of a thermally strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic article or sheet 500
  • FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of thermally strengthened cover glass sheet 500 according to one or more embodiments.
  • a strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 500 (e.g., sheet, beam, plate), includes a first major surface 510, a second major surface 520 (dotted line to back side of the sheet 500, which may be translucent as disclosed herein), and a body 522 extending therebetween.
  • the second major surface 520 is on an opposite side of the body 522 from the first major surface 510 such that a thickness t of the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a distance between the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, where the thickness t is also a dimension of depth.
  • a width, w, of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a first dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to the thickness t.
  • a length, /, of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a second dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to both the thickness t and the width w.
  • thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 is less than length / of cover glass sheet 500. In other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 is less than width w of cover glass sheet 500. In yet other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 is less than both length / and width w of cover glass sheet 500. As shown in FIG. 5, cover glass sheet 500 further has regions of permanent thermally induced compressive stress 530 and 540 at and/or near the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, balanced by a region of permanent thermally induced central tensile stress 550 (i.e., tension) in the central portion of the sheet.
  • regions of permanent thermally induced compressive stress 530 and 540 at and/or near the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, balanced by a region of permanent thermally induced central tensile stress 550 (i.e., tension) in the central portion of the sheet.
  • thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 ranges from 0.1 mm to 5.7 or 6.0 mm, including, in addition to the end point values, 0.2 mm, 0.28 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.7 mm, 1 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.8 mm, 2 mm, and 3.2 mm.
  • Contemplated embodiments include thermally strengthened cover glass sheets 500 having thicknesses t in ranges from 0.1 to 20 mm, from 0.1 to 16 mm, from 0.1 to 12 mm, from 0.1 to 8 mm, from 0.1 to 6 mm, from 0.1 to 4 mm, from 0.1 to 3 mm, from 0.1 to 2 mm, from 0.1 to less than 2 mm, from 0.1 to 1.5 mm, from 0.1 to 1 mm, from 0.1 to 0.7 mm, from 0.1 to 0.5 mm and from 0.1 to 0.3 mm.
  • cover glass sheets of 3 mm or less in thickness are used.
  • the cover glass thickness is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 8 mm or less, about 6 mm or less, about 3 mm or less, about 2.5 mm or less, about 2 mm or less, about 1.8 mm or less, about 1.6 mm or less, about 1.4 mm or less, about 1.2 mm or less, about 1 mm or less, about 0.8 mm or less, about 0.7 mm or less, about 0.6 mm or less, about 0.5 mm or less, about 0.4 mm or less, about 0.3 mm or less, or about 0.28 mm or less.
  • thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have high aspect ratios - i.e., the length and width to thickness ratios are large. Because the thermal tempering processes discussed herein do not rely on high pressures or large volumes of air, various cover glass sheet properties, such as surface roughness and flatness, can be maintained after tempering by the use of gas bearings and high thermal transfer rate systems discussed herein. Similarly, the thermal tempering processes discussed herein allow high aspect ratio cover glass sheets (i.e., cover glass sheets with high ratio of length to thickness, or of width to thickness, or both) to be thermally strengthened while retaining the desired or necessary shape. Specifically, sheets with length to thickness and/or width to thickness ratios ("aspect ratios") of approximately at least 10: 1, at least 20: 1, and up to and over 1000: 1 can be strengthened. In contemplated
  • sheets with aspect ratios of at least 200: 1, at least 500: 1, at least 1000: 1, at least 2000: 1, at least 4000: 1 can be strengthened.
  • the length / of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the width w, such as greater than twice the width w, greater than five times the width w, and/or no more than fifty times the width w.
  • the width w of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the thickness t, such as greater than twice the thickness t, greater than five times the thickness t, and/or no more than fifty times the thickness t.
  • the length / of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m.
  • the width w of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m.
  • cover glass or glass-ceramic is in the form a sheet 500 has a thickness t that is thinner than 5 cm, such as 2.5 cm or less, 1 cm or less, 5 mm or less, 2.5 mm or less, 2 mm or less, 1.7 mm or less, 1.5 mm or less, 1.2 mm or less, or even 1 mm or less in contemplated embodiments, such as 0.8 mm or less; and/or the thickness t is at least 10 ⁇ , such as at least 50 ⁇ , at least 100 ⁇ , at least 300 ⁇ .
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article may be sized other than as disclosed herein.
  • the length /, width w, and/or thickness t of the cover glass or glass-ceramic articles may vary, such as for more complex geometries (see generally FIG. 30), where dimensions disclosed herein at least apply to aspects of the corresponding cover glass or glass-ceramic articles having the above-described definitions of length /, width w, and thickness t with respect to one another.
  • first and/or second surfaces 510, 520 of cover glass sheet 500 has a relatively large surface area.
  • first and/or second surfaces 510, 520 having areas of at least 100 mm 2 , such as at least 900 mm 2 , at least 2500 mm 2 , at least 5000 mm 2 , at least 100 cm 2 , at least 900 cm 2 , at least 2500 cm 2 , at least 5000 cm 2 , and/or no more than 2500 m 2 , such as no more than 100 m 2 , no more than 5000 cm 2 , no more than 2500 cm 2 , no more than 1000 cm 2 , no more than 500 cm 2 , no more than 100 cm 2 .
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may have a relatively large surface area; which, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, may be difficult or impossible to thermally strengthen particularly while having the thicknesses, surface qualities, and/or strain homogeneities of the cover glass sheets discussed herein. Further, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, it may be difficult or impossible to achieve the stress profile, particularly the negative tensile stress portion of the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6), without relying upon ion-exchange or a change in the type of cover glass.
  • the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets discussed herein may have surprisingly high surface compressive stresses, e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5, surprisingly high central tensile stresses, e.g., in region 550 shown in FIG. 5, and/or unique stress profiles (see FIG. 6). This is particularly true considering the low thickness and/or other unique physical properties (e.g., very low roughness, high degree of flatness, various optical properties, fictive temperature properties, etc.) of cover glass sheet 500 as discussed herein.
  • unique physical properties e.g., very low roughness, high degree of flatness, various optical properties, fictive temperature properties, etc.
  • cover glasses e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5
  • Compressive stresses of cover glasses can vary as a function of thickness t of the cover glasses.
  • cover glasses e.g., cover glass sheet 500, having a thickness of 3 mm or less have a compressive stress (e.g., surface compressive stress) of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • a compressive stress e.g., surface compressive stress
  • cover glasses having a thickness of 2 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • cover glasses having a thickness of 1.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100-MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300-MPa, at least 350 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • cover glasses having a thickness of 1 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • cover glasses having a thickness of 0.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 50 MPa, at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
  • the thermally induced central tension in cover glasses formed by the processes and systems disclosed herein may be greater than 40 MPa, greater than 50 MPa, greater than 75 MPa, greater than 100 MPa. In other embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be less than 300 MPa, or less than 400 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be from about 50 MPa to about 300 MPa, about 60 MPa to about 200 MPa, about 70 MPa to about 150 MPa, or about 80 MPa to about 140 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have high thinness i.e., are particularly thin.
  • a conceptual stress profile 560, at room temperature of 25° C and standard atmospheric pressure, of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 of FIG. 4, shows an interior portion 550 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 under positive tensile stress and portions 530, 540 of the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550 under negative tensile stress (e.g., positive compressive stress).
  • negative tensile stress at least in part fortifies the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 by limiting initiation and/or propagation of cracks therethrough.
  • tensile stress in the stress profile 560 sharply transitions between the positive tensile stress of the interior portion 550 and the negative tensile stress of the portions 530, 540 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550.
  • This sharp transition may be understood as a rate of change (i.e., slope) of the tensile stress which may be expressed as a magnitude of stress (e.g., 100 MPa, 200 MPa, 250 MPa, 300 MPa, 400 MPa, a difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses + ⁇ , - ⁇ ) divided by a distance of thickness over which the change occurs, such as a distance of 1 mm, such as a distance of 500 ⁇ , 250 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ (which is the distance used to quantify a rate of change, which may be a portion of article thickness, and not necessarily a dimension of the article geometry).
  • a rate of change i.e., slope
  • a magnitude of stress e.g., 100 MPa, 200 MPa, 250 MPa, 300 MPa, 400 MPa, a difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses + ⁇ , - ⁇
  • a distance of thickness over which the change occurs such as a distance of 1 mm, such as
  • the rate of change of the tensile stress does not exceed 7000 MPa divided by 1 mm, such as no more than 5000 MPa divided by 1 mm.
  • the difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses is at least 50 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa, and/or no more than 50 GPa.
  • the cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 has a peak negative tensile stress of at least 50 MPa in magnitude, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa.
  • the steep tensile curve transitions generated by the system and method discussed herein are believed to be indicative of the ability to achieve higher magnitudes of negative tensile stress at a surface of a cover glass sheet for a given thickness and/or to manufacture thinner cover glass articles to a higher degree of negative tensile stress, such as to achieve a fragmentation potential for dicing as disclosed herein.
  • Conventional thermal tempering approaches may be unable to achieve such steep tensile stress curves.
  • the high rate of change of tensile stress is at least one of the above-described magnitudes or greater sustained over a thickness-wise stretch of the stress profile 560 that is at least 2% of the thickness, such as at least 5% of the thickness, at least 10% of the thickness, at least 15%> of the thickness, or at least 25% of the thickness of cover glass sheet 500.
  • the strengthening extends deep into the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 such that the thickness-wise stretch with the high rate of change of tensile stress is centered at a depth of between 20% and 80% into the thickness from the first surface, which may further distinguish chemical tempering for example.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic article includes a change in the composition thereof in terms of ion content, conceptually shown as dotted line 562 in FIG. 6. More specifically, the composition of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 500 in such embodiments includes exchanged or implanted ions that influence the stress profile 560. In some such embodiments, the exchanged or implanted ions do not extend fully through the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic article 500 under the negative tensile stress because the negative tensile stress is also a result of the thermal tempering as disclosed herein.
  • the curve of the tensile stress profile 560 with ion exchange strength augmentation includes a discontinuity or sudden change 564 in direction where tangents of the curve differ from one another on either side of the discontinuity or sudden change 564.
  • the sudden change 564 is located within the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress such that the tensile stress is negative on either side immediately adjacent to the discontinuity or sudden change 564.
  • the discontinuity or sudden change 564 may correspond to the depth of the different ion content, however in some such embodiments other parts of the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress still have the same composition in terms of ion content as the portion 550 under positive tensile stress.
  • the composition of at least a part of the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500, which is under the negative tensile stress and is exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550 is the same as the composition of at least a part of the interior portion 550, which is under the positive tensile stress.
  • at least some of the negative tensile stress of the stress profile is independent of a change in the composition (e.g., ion composition) of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500.
  • Such structure may simplify the composition of the
  • strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 at least to a degree by providing sufficient strength without and/or with less chemical tempering. Further, such structure may reduce stress concentrations within the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 due to
  • cover glass sheet 500 has sufficient tensile stress in region of tensile stress 550 such that a 25 cm 2 piece of cover glass sheet 500 breaks into 40 or more pieces.
  • a cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 having properties as disclosed herein with respect to the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets, such as sheet 500, has been fractured, such as using a prick punch or other instrument and/or generally in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z97.1 (impact test) and the ASTM 1048 standard.
  • the cover glass or glass ceramic article 610 has been strengthened to a degree that dicing has occurred upon the fracture, forming a plurality of small granular chunks 616 (e.g., fragments, pieces).
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 has a thermally-induced stress sufficient to produce a number of granular chunks 616 that is not less than 40 within an area of 50-by-50 mm of the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 in a fragmentation test in which an impact is applied with a hammer or a punch to initiate cracking of the cover glass into granular pieces.
  • a standard office thumb tack 612, with a metal pin length 614 of about 1 cm is shown for reference.
  • the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6) imparts a high fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 such that when fractured the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly small granular chunks 616, those having an area on either the first or second surface of less than 90 mm 2 , such as less than 50 mm 2 , such as less than 20 mm 2 , such as less than 10 mm 2 , such as less than 5 mm 2 , and/or at least 10 ⁇ 2 .
  • the fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that at least 20% (e.g., at least 50%, at least 70%, at least 95%) of the granular chunks 616 have an area of at least one of the first or second surfaces of one of the above-described amounts when the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article is fractured.
  • the fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly low-volume granular chunks, those having a volume of less than 50 mm 3 , such as less than 40 mm 3 , such as less than 30 mm 3 , such as less than 25 mm 3 , and/or at least a volume of 50 ⁇ 3 .
  • the fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into at least 100 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 ⁇ 3 in volume, such as at least 200, at least 400, at least 1000, at least 4000 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 ⁇ 3 in volume.
  • the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein have high fictive
  • high fictive temperatures of the cover glass materials discussed herein relate to the high level of tempering, high central tensile stresses and/or high compressive surface stress of cover glass sheet 500.
  • Surface fictive temperatures may be determined by any suitable method, including differential scanning calorimetry, Brillouin spectroscopy, or Raman spectroscopy.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature, such as at least 500° C, such as at least 600° C, or even at least 700° C in some embodiments, such as for soda-lime glass.
  • a particularly high fictive temperature such as at least 500° C, such as at least 600° C, or even at least 700° C in some embodiments, such as for soda-lime glass.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature relative to annealed glass of the same chemical composition, such as at least 10° C greater, at least 30° C greater, at least 50° C greater, at least 70° C greater, or even at least 100° C greater.
  • High fictive temperature may be achieved by the presently disclosed inventive technology at least in part due to the rapid transition from the hot to the cooling zones in the strengthening system (see e.g., FIG. 21, FIG. 22 and FIG. 23). Applicant believes that high fictive temperature may correspond or relate to increased damage resistance of glass.
  • the peak near 1090 cm “1 in soda-lime glass and in glass 2 corresponds to the 1050 cm “1 peak observed in silica glass.
  • is the measured peak wavenumber for the peak near 1090
  • G c is the surface compressive stress measured by any suitable technique, yielding stress-corrected measurement of Active temperature in °C.As a demonstration of increased damage resistance related to the determined fictive temperature, four glass sheet samples were prepared, two 6 mm soda-lime glass (SLG) sheets by conventional tempering methods to approximately 70 and 110 MPa surface compressive stress (CS), and two 1.1 mm SLG sheets by the methods and systems disclosed herein to about the same levels of CS. Two additional sheets, one of each thickness were used as controls. The surfaces of each test sheet were subjected to standard Vickers indentation. Various levels of force were applied, for 15 seconds each, and after a 24 hour wait, indentations were each examined. As shown in Table I, the 50% cracking threshold (defined as the load at which the average number of cracks appearing is two out of the four points of the indenter at which cracks tend to initiate) was determined for each sample.
  • SLG soda-lime glass
  • CS surface compressive stress
  • the Vickers crack initiation threshold improved to greater than 10 N, a 10-fold increase over the Vickers damage resistance imparted by conventional tempering.
  • the ⁇ 3 ⁇ 4 minus T g was at least 50°C, or at least 75°C, or at least 90°C, or in the range of from approximately 75°C to 100°C. Even in embodiments comprising lower levels of heat strengthening, the embodied glasses can still provide increased resistance, at levels such as 5 N, for instance.
  • the 50% cracking threshold after a 15 second Vickers crack initiation test may be equal to or greater than 5 N, 10 N, 20 N, or 30 N.
  • the following non-dimensional fictive temperature parameter ⁇ can be used to compare the relative performance of a thermal strengthening process in terms of the fictive temperature produced.
  • FIG. 10 is a plot of 9s for measured surface fictive temperatures as a function of heat transfer rate, h, applied during thermal strengthening for two different glasses. As shown in FIG. 10, the results for the two different glasses overlie each other fairly closely. This means that parameter ⁇ provides a means to compare the fictive temperatures of different glasses compared directly, in relation to the heat transfer rate h required to produce them. The vertical range of results at each h corresponds to variation in the value of T 0 , the initial temperature at the start of quenching.
  • parameter 6s comprises from about (e.g., plus or minus 10%) 0.2 to about 0.9, or 0.21 to 0.09, or 0.22 to 0.09, or 0.23 to 0.09, or 0.24 to 0.09, or 0.25 to 0.09, or 0.30 to 0.09, or 0.40 to 0.09, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.51 to 0.9, or 0.52 to 0.9, or 0.53 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.9, or even 0.65 to 0.9.
  • the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein have a high temperability and/or heat transfer value.
  • the "specific thermal stress" of a glass is given by:
  • the thermal strengthening process and resulting surface compressive stresses were modeled for glasses having varying properties to determine the tempering parameter, ⁇ .
  • the glasses were modeled at the same starting viscosity of 10 8 2 Poise and at varying heat transfer coefficients.
  • the properties of the various glasses are shown in Table II, together with the temperature for each glass at 10 8 2 Poise and the calculated value of the temperability parameter ⁇ for each.
  • the constants Pi, P 2 are graphed as functions of h in FIGS. 12 and 13, respectively.
  • a similar expression may be used to predict the central tension (CT) of a thermally strengthened cover glass sheet, particularly at a thickness of 6 mm and less, and the thermal transfer coefficient, such as 800 W/m 2 K and up, by simply dividing the compressive stress predicted under the same conductions by 2.
  • CT central tension
  • expected central tension may be given by (10)
  • h and her may have the same value for a given physical instance of thermal strengthening. However, in some embodiments, they may vary, and providing separate variables and allowing variation between them allows for capturing, within descriptive performance curves, instances in which the typical ratio of 2: 1 CS/CT does not hold.
  • One or more embodiments of the currently disclosed processes and systems have produced thermally strengthened SLG sheets at all of the heat transfer rate values (h and her) shown in Table III.
  • the heat transfer value rates (h and her) may be from about 0.024 to about 0.15, about 0.026 to about 0.10, or about 0.026 to about 0.075 cal/s cm 2 o C.
  • FIG. 14 shows the newly opened performance space in MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t (in mm), by a graph of C(h, t) ⁇ W(SLG) for selected values of h according to equations 6-9 above, with W(SLG) corresponding to the value of ⁇ ⁇ SLG in Table II.
  • the traces labeled GC represent the estimated range of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets achievable by gas convective tempering, from 0.02 cal/s cm 2 o C (or 840 W/m 2 K) to 0.03 cal/s cm 2 o C or 1250 W/m 2 K, assuming that these levels of heat transfer coefficient can be employed in that process at a heated glass viscosity of 10 8 2 Poises or about 704°C, a temperature above the capability of convective gas processes.
  • Examples of highest reported sheet CS values based on gas convective tempering processes are shown by the triangle markers labeled Gas in the legend.
  • the value 601 represents advertised product performance capability of commercial equipment, while the value 602 is based on an oral report at a glass processing conference.
  • the trace labeled LC represents the curve of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets estimated to be achievable by liquid contact tempering, given by a heat transfer rate h of 0.0625 cal/s cm 2 o C (or about 2600
  • the trace labeled 704 represents stresses achievable by one or more embodiments of the presently disclosed methods and systems at a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm 2 o C (or about 8370 W/m 2 K) and an initial temperature, just before quenching, of 704 °C.
  • the level of stress on the cover glass sheet thus achievable represents almost the same scope of improvement over liquid tempering strength levels as liquid tempering represents over state of the art gas convective tempering.
  • the trace labeled 704 is not an upper limit - embodiments have been shown to be viable above this value due to the good control of form and flatness achievable in a small-gap gas bearing thermal strengthening at even higher temperatures (at lower viscosities of the cover glass).
  • the trace labeled 730 shows some of the additional strengthening performance achieved by a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm 2 o C (or about 8370 W/m 2 K) at a starting temperature for a SLG sheet of 730°C, very near or above the softening point of the cover glass.
  • FIG. 15 shows the traces of FIG. 14 explained above, at 2 mm and below, but with compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected examples of tempered cover glass sheets produced by one or more embodiments of the present disclosure, showing the extreme combination of thermal strengthening levels and thinness enabled by the present disclosure.
  • thermally strengthened cover glass sheets disclosed herein such as sheet 500
  • the processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of cover glass without increasing the surface roughness of the as-formed surfaces.
  • incoming float cover glass air-side surfaces and incoming fusion formed cover glass surfaces were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing.
  • R a surface roughness was less than 1 nm (0.6-0.7 nm) for incoming 1.1 mm soda-lime float cover glass, and the R a surface roughness was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present processes.
  • thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have a surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range from 0.2 to 1.5 nm R a roughness, 0.2 to 2.0 nm R a roughness, 0.2 to 0.7 nm, 0.2 to 0.4 nm or even such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm, over at least an area of 10 x 10 ⁇ .
  • Surface roughness may be measured over an area of 10 x 10 ⁇ in exemplary embodiments, or in some embodiments, 15 x 15 ⁇ .
  • thermally strengthened cover glass sheets disclosed herein have both high thermal stresses and low, as-formed surface roughness and/or coated surfaces.
  • the processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of cover glass without increasing the surface roughness of smooth as-formed or as-delivered surfaces of cover glass sheets, and likewise without damaging sensitive low-E or anti-reflective or other coatings.
  • Incoming float cover glass air-side surfaces, and incoming fusion-formed cover glass surfaces, were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing.
  • AFM atomic force microscopy
  • Ra surface roughness was less than 1 nm (such as 0.6 to 0.7 nm) for incoming on the air side of 1.1 mm soda-lime float cover glass and was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present disclosure.
  • R a surface roughness was less than 0.3 nm (such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm) incoming on 1.1 mm sheets of fusion- formed cover glass and likewise was not increased by thermal strengthening according to this disclosure. Accordingly, in contemplated
  • thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range of at least 0.2 nm and/or no more than 1.5 nm R a roughness, such as no more than 0.7 nm, such as no more than 0.4 nm or even such as no more than 0.3 nm, or have thermally strengthened sheets having coatings thereon of the type that may be applied before strengthening, or have combinations of these low roughness values and coatings, are obtained from the present process used with corresponding cover glass sheets as starting material.
  • the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets described herein have high flatness.
  • the strengthening system discussed herein utilizes controlled gas bearings to support the glass material during transporting and heating, and in some embodiments, can be used to assist in controlling and/or improving the flatness of the cover glass sheet, resulting in a higher degree of flatness than previously obtainable, particularly for thin and/or highly strengthened cover glass sheets.
  • sheets at least 0.6 mm can be strengthened with improved post-strengthening flatness.
  • the flatness of thermally strengthened cover glass sheets embodied herein can comprise 100 ⁇ or less total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm length along one of the first or second surfaces thereof, 300 ⁇ TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, 200 ⁇ TIR or less, 100 ⁇ TIR or less, or 70 ⁇ TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces.
  • TIR total indicator run-out
  • flatness is measured along any 50 mm or less profile of the glass sheet.
  • sheets with thickness disclosed herein have flatness 200 ⁇ TIR or less within a 20 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, such as flatness 100 ⁇ TIR or less, flatness 70 ⁇ TIR or less, flatness 50 ⁇ TIR or less.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic articles discussed herein have a high- degree of dimensional consistency such that the thickness t thereof along a 1 cm lengthwise stretch of the body 522 does not change by more than 50 ⁇ , such as, by not more than 10 ⁇ , not more than 5 ⁇ , not more than 2 ⁇ .
  • Such dimensional consistency may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by solid quenching due to practical considerations, such as cooling plate alignment and/or surface irregularities that may distort the dimensions.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic articles discussed herein have at least one major surface (e.g., first and second surfaces 510, 520 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 in FIG. 4) that is flat such that a 1 cm lengthwise profile therealong stays within 50 ⁇ of a straight line, such as within 20 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ ; and/or a 1 cm widthwise profile therealong stays within 50 ⁇ of a straight line, such as within 20 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ .
  • first and second surfaces 510, 520 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 in FIG. 4 that is flat such that a 1 cm lengthwise profile therealong stays within 50 ⁇ of a straight line, such as within 20 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇ ; and/or a 1 cm widthwise profile therealong stays within 50 ⁇ of a straight line, such as within 20 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 2 ⁇
  • Such high flatness may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by liquid quenching due to practical considerations, such as warping or bending of the cover glass strengthened in these processes due to convective currents and associated forces of the liquid.
  • Another aspect comprises thermally strengthened low coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) cover glass sheets. As discussed above (see e.g., equations 7 and 10), thermal
  • thermal strengthening of low CTE glasses may provide strengthened glass compositions having advantageous properties, such as increased chemical resistance, or better compatibility with electronic devices due to low alkali content.
  • Cover glass sheets having CTEs of 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, and even SS x lO "6 ⁇ "1 and below are capable of safety-glass like break patterns ("dicing") at thicknesses of less than 4 mm, less than 3.5 mm, less than 3 mm, and even at 2 mm or less.
  • Cover glasses having CTE values of 40 x 10 "6 °C _1 and below can be strengthened using the processes described herein.
  • Such low CTE glasses strengthened by the systems and methods discussed herein can have similar surface
  • the compressive stress of low CTE glasses can comprise at least 50 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 125 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, or at least 400 MPa for cover glass sheets having a thickness of no more than 1 cm, no more than 5 mm, no more than 3 mm, no more 2 mm, no more than 1.5 mm, no more than 1 mm, no more than 0.75 mm, no more than 0.5 mm, no more than 0.3 mm, no more than 0.2 mm, or no more than 0.1 mm.
  • Cover glass sheets formed according to the present disclosure have a multitude of applications in consumer electronic devices, for example in electronic devices, mobile phones, portable media players, televisions, notebook computers, watches, household appliances, tablet computer displays and in laminates, such as glass-interlayer-glass laminates used in various consumer electronic devices. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming of the thin sheet.
  • Table IV shows results obtained by the methods of the present disclosure (indicated as “Source of Method” I in the table), and a figure of merit, Alpha, that is a rough measure of the coefficient of heat exchange obtained within the tempering process.
  • Alpha is given by:
  • Alpha C5 (13) where CS is physical compressive stress (in MPa), t is thickness in millimeters, CTE is the coefficient of thermal expansion in °C _1 , and E is the elasticity of the glass in (MPa), and yields units in °C/mm.
  • Samples 1 and 3 are repeatable values obtained from the disclosed processes, sample 1 using air and sample 3 using helium as the gas in the process.
  • Sample 2 represents a "champion" value using air within the present process, that is, not reliably repeatable to date.
  • Cover glass samples processed by the processes of the present disclosure (samples 1-3) all exceeded an Alpha at 1 17 °C/mm. Applicant believes that the slope of Alpha with thickness may have an inherent trend lower with lower glass thickness. Glass disclosed herein has an Alpha of greater than 20t+77, where t is thickness of the cover glass, in mm, in some embodiments.
  • a process for strengthening a cover glass sheet comprises supporting or guiding at least a portion of a cover glass sheet, such as cover glass sheet 500, into a cool or quenching zone in which the sheet is rapidly cooled creating a strengthened cover glass sheet having one or more of the properties discussed herein.
  • the cover glass sheet is supported at least in part by a flow or a pressure of a gas delivered to a gap between the surfaces of the cover glass sheet and one or more heat sinks.
  • the temperature of the glass sheet is above the transition temperature of the glass when the sheet is moved into the cool zone, and in various embodiments, the cover glass sheet is cooled within the cooling zone by thermal conduction more than by convection.
  • Conduction is a process of heat transfer where energy is transmitted through interactions between adjacent molecules
  • convection is a process of heat transfer where energy is communicated via motion of a fluid (e.g., air, helium, etc.), such as where heated fluid moves away from a heat source and is replaced by cooler fluid.
  • a fluid e.g., air, helium, etc.
  • an overall process for strengthening a cover glass sheet comprises heating a cover glass sheet in a hot zone and then cooling the cover glass sheet in a cooling zone.
  • the cover glass is heated sufficiently to bring the cover glass sheet above the transition temperature, and then moved into a cooling zone.
  • the cover glass can be transitioned from the hot zone to a cool zone through a transition zone.
  • the surfaces of the cover glass sheet are positioned adjacent to heat sinks, one on either side of the cover glass sheet, each with a gap in between one of the cover glass surfaces and an opposing surface of the heat sink.
  • Gas is delivered into the gaps through multiple apertures in the heat sinks, and in some embodiments, this delivered gas forms an air bearing which supports the cover glass between the heat sinks such that the cover glass surfaces are not in contact with the heat sinks.
  • the cover glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection and is cooled sufficiently to fix or create a thermally induced surface compression and a thermally induced central tension of the sheet which provides the increased strength as discussed herein.
  • primarily cooling via conduction is achieved by having a very low gap size within the cooling zone such that the cover glass sheet is close to, but not touching, the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks.
  • An apparatus for enabling the processes described can include a heating zone for heating a cover glass sheet to a temperature above the transition temperature and a cooling zone for cooling the heated cover glass sheet to provide a strengthened cover glass sheet.
  • the apparatus can include an optional transition zone between the heating zone and the cooling zone.
  • the cooling zone may include a heat sink having a pair of opposing surfaces defining a gap, within which the heated cover glass sheet is received.
  • the cooling zone can comprise a pair of gas bearings disposed on opposite sides of that gap that acts to support the cover glass sheet within the gap.
  • the gap can be configured to cool the heated cover glass sheet by conduction more than by convection.
  • the gas bearings can include a plurality of apertures for delivering the gas to the gap, and the gas bearing surfaces act as the heat sinks, capable of conducting heat away from the heated cover glass sheet by conduction more than by convection.
  • cover glass or glass ceramic articles as disclosed herein may be manufactured with at least some solid or liquid quenching, such as in combination with the unique strengthening processes disclosed herein.
  • the method or process 100 includes a step 140 of providing a cover glass sheet that is at a temperature above a transition temperature of the glass sheet.
  • the method or process 100 also includes the step 160 of supporting a cover glass sheet at least in part by a gas (through gas flow and pressure).
  • Step 160 includes, while the cover glass sheet is support by the gas, cooling the sheet: 1) by conduction more than by convection through the gas to a heat sink, and 2) sufficiently to create or fix a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally- induced central tension stress, of the sheet when at ambient temperature.
  • the method can include the step 110 of heating a cover glass sheet sufficiently such that the sheet is above a transition temperature of the glass.
  • the method 100' further comprises, in step 120, providing a heat sink (whether as a single piece or in separate pieces) having first and second heat sink surfaces (see generally FIGS. 21-25), each having apertures therein.
  • the method further includes positioning a first sheet surface facing a first heat sink surface across a first gap and, in step 130B, positioning the second sheet surface facing a second heat sink surface across a second gap.
  • the heat sink surfaces can include apertures and/or can be porous.
  • the method 100' can further include, in step 160, cooling the sheet, by conduction more than by convection through a gas to the respective heat sink surfaces, sufficiently to strengthen the cover glass (e.g., to sufficiently create or fix in the sheet a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally-induced central tension stress).
  • the step 160 also can include delivering the gas to the first and second gaps through the apertures or porous heat sink, and in some such embodiments, the gas is delivered to form air bearings that support the cover glass sheet adjacent the heat sinks. In some embodiments, the gas is delivered only through the apertures of the heat sink or only through the pores or pores and apertures of the porous heat sink.
  • gas flow and gap size can be selected, controlled or optimized for other purposes, such as for controlling stiffness of the gas cushion in the gap, for supporting the sheet, for flattening or otherwise shaping a sheet, for optimizing heat conduction, for maintaining sheet flatness and/or shape during thermal strengthening, and/or for balancing ease of sheet handling with high cooling rates.
  • helium becomes an economically viable alternative to air in the system of the present disclosure due to the very low gas flow rates that support the gas bearing, and in such embodiments, helium offers thermal conductivity about five times that of air. Even helium with prices assumed at multiples of those available today becomes an economically viable alternative at the low flow rates of the system of the present disclosure.
  • the system of the present disclosure decreases the volume of air flowing over a cover glass sheet during cooling (relative to convective systems)
  • the systems and methods discussed herein decrease the potential risk of deformation of hot thin sheets of cover glass typically caused by the high speed, high volume air flows needed in conventional convection based tempering systems. This also allows softer, higher temperature cover glass sheets to be handled with no or minimal distortion, further improving the achievable degree of strengthening. Eliminating high air flow rates also eases problems sometimes seen in
  • conduction through a gas
  • a gas may mitigate contact damage, warping, shaping, etc. associated with conventional liquid contact or solid contact quench tempering.
  • Use of a gas as an intermediate conductor preserves the surface quality of the processed articles by avoiding solid-to-solid contact. Mediating the high conduction rates through a gas also avoids liquid contact.
  • Some types of liquid quenching can introduce unwanted distortions, spatial variation in tempering and contamination of the cover glass surfaces.
  • solid- or liquid- contact may be included.
  • Points A and B of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 represent a high-end estimate of peak power use of the air bearing, per square meter of cover glass sheet, by a compressed air supply at relatively high flow. Practical low-end peak power use of compressed air could be as little as 1/16 of the values shown. Points A and B do not include active cooling of the heat sink, however, which can be included in some embodiments, especially where a machine is in continuous, quasi-continuous or high frequency operation. [00131] Referring again to FIG. 18 and FIG.
  • points A' and B' represent the conservatively estimated peak power levels for operation of the air bearing at points A and B when active cooling of the heat sink surfaces is factored in, assuming the thermal load equivalent of a 300 °C drop in cover glass sheet temperature is accomplished by an active cooling system having a thermal-to-mechanical (or electrical) efficiency ratio of 7.5 to 1, within a time limit of 2.1 seconds for point A and within 1 second for point B'. (These points correspond approximately to cover glass sheets actually tempered in the apparatus described herein.)
  • the difference in total energy demands would tend to be greater than the difference for peak power demand, which is represented in the figure.
  • the processes described herein have peak powers of less than 120 KW/m 2 , less than 100 KW/m 2 , less than 80 KW/m 2 to thermally strengthen a cover glass sheet of 2 mm thickness or less.
  • heat transfer from the thin cover glass sheet in the system and process of the present disclosure includes a conduction component, a convection component and a radiant component.
  • the thermal tempering system of the present disclosure provides for thin cover glass tempering by utilizing conductive heat transfer as the primary mechanism for quenching the thin cover glass sheets.
  • the thermal conductivity of the gas within the gap must be evaluated in the direction of conduction, which is along a thermal slope.
  • Air at high temperature, at or near the surface of the sheet being cooled has significantly higher thermal conductivity than air at a lower temperature, such as air at or near room temperature at or near the surface of the heat sink (the nominal thermal conductivity of (dry) room temperature air (25°C) is approximately 0.026 W/m K).
  • the nominal thermal conductivity of (dry) room temperature air (25°C) is approximately 0.026 W/m K.
  • An approximation that assumes air over the whole gap to be at the average temperature of the two facing surfaces at the start of cooling is used.
  • a cover glass sheet may be at a temperature of 670°C, for example, while the heat sink surface may start at 30°C, for example.
  • the average temperature of the air in the gap would be 350°C, at which dry air has a thermal conductivity of about 0.047 W/m K; more than 75% higher than its thermal conductivity at room temperature and sufficiently high to conduct large amounts of heat energy through gaps of the sizes within the system of the present disclosure, as discussed below, assuming the sheet is finished to a reasonably high degree of surface and thickness consistency.
  • Q CO nd the conductive component of the rate of heat transfer through a gap of distance g which gap has an area A g (in a direction everywhere perpendicular to the direction of the gap distance g) may be given by:
  • Ts is the temperature of the cover glass surface
  • T H s is the temperature of the heat sink surface (or the heat source surface, for other embodiments).
  • k may be taken as the value of k for the gas in the gap when at the average of the temperatures of the two surfaces, Ts and T H s-
  • FIG. 20 shows an industry-standard curve from about 35 years ago (with reference line at 2 mm added) showing the heat transfer coefficient required to fully temper a sheet of glass, as a function of thickness in mm, under certain assumed conditions.
  • Table V shows an air-filled gap of approximately 40 ⁇ can allow full tempering of 2 mm thick cover glass by conduction. While slightly less than 40 micrometers is a rather small gap, planar porous air bearings in conveyor applications may generally be reliably run with gaps of as low as 20 micrometers. Thus 37 micrometers is achievable for an air gap fed by pores in the heat sink surface.
  • helium or hydrogen, with similar thermal conductivity
  • a gap of about 200 ⁇ can be used to fully temper 2 mm thick cover glass.
  • helium or hydrogen as the gas allows for a gap size about 5 times larger for the same heat transfer coefficient.
  • using helium or hydrogen as the gas in the gap increases the heat transfer coefficient available for quenching by about 5 times at the same gap size. So even with air the spacing is not impractical, and with high conductivity gases, the gap spacing is relatively easy to achieve, even for sheet thicknesses smaller than 2 millimeters.
  • another embodiment includes heating (or heating and/or cooling) through a gas by conduction more than by convection.
  • the convective Q CO nv component of the rate of heat transfer across the gap (or gaps) may be given by:
  • m is the mass flow rate of the gas
  • Cp is the specific heat capacity of the gas
  • T is the inlet temperature of the gas as it flows into the gap
  • e is the effectiveness of the heat exchange between the gas flowing in the gap, the sheet surface and the surface of the heat sink/source (the "walls" of the gap).
  • the value of e varies from 0 (representing zero surface-to-gas heat exchange) to 1 (representing the gas fully reaching the temperature of the surfaces).
  • the value of e can be computed by those skilled in the art of heat transfer using, for example, the e-NTU method.
  • the mass flow rate m of the gas should be less than 2kA g /gC p , or 2k/gC p per square meter of gap area.
  • B is a positive constant less than one and greater than zero, specifically having a value of 2/3 or less, or even 4/5 or 9/10 or less.
  • m should be kept as low as possible, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to control the position of the cover glass sheet (e.g., sheet 200 shown in FIG. 21 relative to the heat sink surface(s)) (e.g., heat sink surfaces 201b, 202b, shown in FIG. 21) or the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves.
  • the ratio of convective cooling to conductive cooling can be any value from less than one to lxl 0 "8 .
  • B is less than 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.1, 5xl0 "2 , lxlO “2 , 5xlO "3 , lxlO “3 , 5xl0 "4 , lxlO “4 , 5xl0 "5 ,
  • m is minimized, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to support and control the sheet position relative to the heat sink surface(s). In other embodiments, m should be selected to control the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves, relative to the sheet.
  • the mass flow rate m of the gas within the conductive-based cooling system of the present disclosure is substantially lower as compared to the conventional convection-based tempering systems.
  • This substantially lower gas flow rate allows the conductive system to be operated at substantially reduced power usage, as discussed herein.
  • the reduced gas flow rate also results in a substantially quieter cooling system as compared to a conventional convective cooling system.
  • the decrease in noise may increase operator safety by reducing the potential for hearing damage and even reducing or eliminating the need for operators to use hearing protection.
  • the cover glass sheet has first and second sheet surfaces, and cooling of the cover glass sheet is performed by positioning the first sheet surface (e.g., a lower surface of the cover glass sheet) adjacent to a first heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of a lower heat sink) such that a first gap is located between the first sheet surface and the first heat sink surface and by positioning the second sheet surface (e.g., an upper surface of the cover glass sheet) adjacent to a second heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of an upper heat sink) such that a second gap is located between the second sheet surface and the second heat sink surface.
  • first sheet surface e.g., a lower surface of the cover glass sheet
  • a first heat sink surface e.g., a surface of a lower heat sink
  • second sheet surface e.g., an upper surface of the cover glass sheet
  • a second heat sink surface e.g., a surface of an upper heat sink
  • the first gap has a length across the first gap of g ⁇ and an area of the first gap and the second gap has a length across the second gap of g 2 and an area of the second gap of A g2 .
  • a first flow of a first gas to the first gap is provided, and a second flow of a second gas to the second gap is provided.
  • the first gas has a heat capacity C p i and a thermal conductivity k ⁇ , and the first flow is provided at a mass flow rate rh ⁇ .
  • fh ⁇ is greater than zero and less than ⁇ 2k 1 A g i)l ⁇ g 1 C p i).
  • the second gas has a heat capacity C P2 and a thermal conductivity k 2 , and the second flow is provided at a mass flow rate m 2 .
  • m 2 is greater than zero and less than ⁇ 2 2 A gl g 2 C P2 ).
  • the first and second flows contact the cover glass sheet such that the cover glass sheet is supported without touching the heat sink surfaces. In this manner, the sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection in a manner to create a surface compressive stress and a central tension of the sheet.
  • Cover Glass Strengthening System including High Conduction Cooling Zone
  • a hot glass sheet 200 has its first and second (major) surfaces 200a, 200b each facing a respective first and second surface 201b, 202b of respective first and second heat sinks 201a, 202a across respective gaps 204a and 204b.
  • Gas 230 is fed through the first and second surfaces 201b, 202b as represented by the arrows, to supply the gaps 204a, 204b, and to assist in keeping the cover glass sheet centered or otherwise positioned between the heat sinks 201a, 202a.
  • cover glass sheet 200 will be cooled more by conduction than convection.
  • cover glass sheet 200 is cooled by heat sinks 201a and 202a such that more than 20%, specifically more than 50%, and more specifically more than 80%, of the thermal energy leaving a heated article, such as cover glass sheet 200, crosses the gaps, such as gaps 204a and 204b, and is received by the heat sink 201a and 202a.
  • the gaps 204a, 204b are configured to have a thickness or distance across the gap sufficient such that the heated cover glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convention.
  • size of gaps 204a, 204b generally is the distance between the major cover glass surfaces and the opposing heat sink surfaces.
  • gaps 204a and 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or greater (e.g., in the ranges from about 100 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 190 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 180 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 170 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 160 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 150 ⁇ , from about 110 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 120 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 130 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , or from about 140 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ ).
  • 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or less (e.g., in the ranges from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 90 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 80 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ m to about 70 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ , or from about 10 ⁇ to about 50 ⁇ ).
  • about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ or less e.g., in the ranges from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 90 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 80 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ m to about 70 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ , or from
  • Heat sinks 201a, 202a may be solid or porous configurations. Suitable materials include, but are not limited to, aluminum, bronze, carbon or graphite, stainless steel, etc. Heat sink dimensions may be designed to be sufficient to address the size of the cover glass sheet and to efficiently and effectively transfer heat without changing the heat sink temperature significantly. In the case where heat sinks 201a and/or 202a are porous, they may still include additional apertures or holes for flowing gas or may use the porous structure to provide flow, or both. In some embodiments, the heat sinks further comprise passages to allow fluid flow for controlling the temperature of the heat sink, described in more detail in FIGS. 23-25 and below.
  • apertures may be less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.25 mm, or less than or equal to 200, 150, 100, 50, 30, 20, or 10 ⁇ , when measured in the smallest direction (e.g., diameter in the case of circular apertures).
  • the apertures are from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 ⁇ to about 1 mm, about 20 ⁇ to about 1 mm, or about 50 ⁇ to about 1 mm.
  • Spacing between adjacent apertures 206 can be from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 ⁇ to about 3 mm, about 20 ⁇ to about 2 mm, or about 50 ⁇ to about 1 mm, measured edge- to-edge of apertures.
  • Small apertures or pores may function as individual flow restrictors, providing high-performance, gas-bearing-type dynamics, such as high levels of stiffness and consistency of support of the sheet to position the sheet and control gap size, allowing for high homogeneity of thermal strengthening effects to avoid or reduce stress birefringence. Further, because very small pores or apertures may be used, the relative amount of solid matter at the surface of the heat sink facing the sheet surface across the gap(s) can be maximized, thereby increasing conductive heat flow.
  • apertures 206 as the only path for providing gas to the gaps 204a, 204b, and desirably using apertures 206 that lie in directions close to normal to the heat sink surface 201b, 202b, ensures that air-bearing type dynamics are optimized, and not compromised by gas flows from larger apertures, or from sources other than through the heat sink surface(s) 201b, 202b adjacent to the sheet 200, or by other excessive lateral flow.
  • gas may be provided to the gaps 204a, 204b via other sources, such as in addition to the apertures 206 or pores. Accordingly, aspects of the present disclosure allow for power and energy savings by use of low gas flows and solid-gas-solid conduction, such as relative to conventional convective tempering processes.
  • FIGS. 22-25 show an exemplary embodiment of a cover glass strengthening system 300 according to this disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic cross-sectional diagram of the system 300, in which a cover glass sheet can be cooled via conduction of heat from the cover glass sheet, through a gas into a conductive heat sink.
  • the apparatus includes a hot zone 310, a cold zone 330, and a transition gas bearing 320.
  • Transition gas bearing 320 moves or directs a cover glass article (e.g., cover glass sheet 400a) from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 such that no contact or substantially no contact occurs between the cover glass and the bearings.
  • the hot zone 310 has gas bearings 312 each fed from a hot zone plenum 318, and the bearings 312 have cartridge heaters 314 inserted into holes through the bearings 312, which serve to heat the hot zone gas bearings 312 to a desired starting process temperature.
  • a cover glass sheet (hot zone) 400a is kept between the hot zone gas bearings 312 for a duration long enough to bring it to a desired pre-cooling temperature (e.g., above the transition temperature).
  • heating the sheet in the hot zone may be done predominantly via conduction of heat from a heat sink through a thin gas barrier.
  • the conductive heating processes used in the hot zone can be similar to, but the reverse of the cooling processes described herein (e.g., pushing heat into the cover glass sheet).
  • gaps 316, between the hot zone gas bearings 312 and the cover glass sheet 400a may be relatively large, on the order of 0.05" (1.27 mm) to 0.125" (3.175 mm) or greater, since the cover glass sheet 400a may be heated up relatively slowly and thermal radiation from the hot gas bearings 312 into the cover glass sheet 400a is adequate for this purpose.
  • hot zone gap size may be as small as 150 microns per side or 500 microns per side. Smaller gaps may be advantageous, in some embodiments, because they enable the bearings to have better "stiffness" - i.e., ability to centralize the cover glass and therefore flatten it while it is in its softened state.
  • the process may reform the cover glass sheets - flattening them - in the initial heating step, for example via the pressure supplied by the gas bearings 312.
  • the top and bottom hot zone bearings may be on actuators, allowing for changing the gap width in a continuous manner or, alternatively, allowing the cover glass to be brought into the hot zone when the gap is large and then compressing the gap to flatten the cover glass while it is still soft.
  • Process temperatures are dependent on a number of factors, including cover glass composition, cover glass thickness, cover glass properties (CTE, etc.), and desired level of strengthening.
  • the starting process temperature may be any value between the cover glass transition temperature and the Littleton softening point, or in some embodiments, even higher.
  • system 300 heats the cover glass sheet 400a to a temperature between about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 640 to about 730°C or between about 690 to about 730°C.
  • system 300 heats the glass sheet 400a to a temperature from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 620 to about 800°C, about 640 to about 770°C, about 660 to about 750°C, about 680 to about 750°C, about 690 to about 740°C, or about 690 to about 730°C.
  • the cover glass sheet 400a is heated to its desired starting process temperature (e.g., above the cover glass transition temperature), and it is then moved from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 using any suitable means.
  • moving the cover glass sheet 400a from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 may be accomplished by, for example (1) tilting the entire assembly such that gravity acting on the cover glass sheet forces it to move to the cold zone, (2) blocking off the gas flow from the leftmost exit of the hot zone 310 (the sides are enclosed in this embodiment), thereby forcing all of the gas emanating from all of the gas bearings to exit from the rightmost exit of the cold zone, causing fluid forces to be exerted on the cover glass sheet 400a and causing it to move to the cold zone 330, or (3) by a combination of (1) and (2))
  • the transition gas bearings 320 may be supplied with gas by transition bearing plenums 328.
  • the solid material thickness behind the surfaces of the transition gas bearings 320 may be thin, of low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity, allowing for reduced heat conduction from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330.
  • the transition gas bearings 320 may serve as a thermal break or transition between the two zones 310 and 330 and may serve to transition from the larger gaps 316 of the hot zone down to small gaps 336 of the cold zone 330. Further, the low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity of transition gas bearings 320 limit(s) the amount of heat transfer and therefore cooling experienced by cover glass sheet 400a while passing past transition gas bearings 320.
  • stop gate 3421 a mechanical stop or any other suitable blocking mechanism, shown as stop gate 341.
  • the stop gate 341 may be moved, unblocking cold zone channel 330a, and then the cover glass sheet 400b may be removed from the system 300. If desired, the cover glass sheet 400b may be left in the cold zone 330 until somewhere near room temperature before removal.
  • the cold zone 330 includes a channel 330a for receiving heated cover glass sheet 400b through an opening 330b, conveying the cover glass sheet 400b, and cooling the cover glass sheet 400b in the cold zone.
  • the channel 330a includes a conveyance system that may include gas bearings, roller wheels, conveyor belt, or other means to physically transport the cover glass sheet through the cold zone.
  • cold zone 330 includes gas bearings 332 which are fed plenums 338 that are separate from hot zone plenums 318 and transition plenums 328.
  • the cold zone 330 includes one or more heat sinks 331 disposed adjacent to the channel 330a. Where two heat sinks are utilized, such heat sinks may be disposed on opposite sides of the channel 330a, facing each other across a channel gap 330a.
  • the heat sinks include a plurality of apertures 33 la which form part of the gas bearing 332, and the surfaces of the cold gas bearings 332 of the cold zone 330 serve as the two heat sink surfaces.
  • cover glass sheet 400b is cooled within cold zone 330 primarily by conduction of heat from the cover glass sheet across the gap and into the solid heat sinks 331, without the cover glass sheet 400b touching the heat sink surfaces.
  • the heat sinks and/or the surfaces thereof may be segmented.
  • the heat sinks may be porous, and in such embodiments, the apertures through which the gas for gas bearings 332 is delivered are the pores of the porous heat sinks.
  • the plurality of apertures 332b, a gas source and the channel gap 330a may be in fluid communication.
  • the gas flows through the apertures 33 la to form gas cushions, layers or bearings in the channel gap 330a.
  • inventions prevent the cover glass sheet 400b from contacting the heat sink 331 surfaces.
  • the gas also serves as the gas through which the cover glass sheet 400b is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
  • the sheet may be (1) introduced quickly into the cold zone, optionally at higher speeds than those typically used in convection-based quenching and/or (2) the process is operated in a quasi-continuous mode, in which multiple sheets are heated and cooled one after the other in a continuous stream with little space between them, and where the heat sink is actively cooled such that it reaches a thermal equilibrium so that the front and trailing edges of the large sheets have similar thermal history.
  • the gas flowed through the apertures 331a cools the heat sinks.
  • the gas flowed through the apertures both facilitates heat conduction, from the cover glass, across the gap, into the heat sinks, and also cools the heat sinks 331.
  • a separate gas or fluid may be used to cool the heat sinks 331.
  • the heat sinks 331 may include passages 334, for flowing a cooling fluid therethrough to cool the heat sinks 331, as is more fully described with respect to FIG. 23.
  • the passages 334 can be enclosed.
  • one or more gas sources may be used to provide a gas to the channel gap 330a.
  • the gas sources may include the same gas as one another or different gases.
  • the channel gap 330a may, therefore, include one gas, a mixture of gases from different gas sources, or the same gas source.
  • Exemplary gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, helium or other noble gases, hydrogen and various combinations thereof.
  • the gas may be described by its thermal conductivity when it enters the channel 330a just before it begins to conductively cool the cover glass sheet 400b.
  • the gas may have a thermal conductivity of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 0.02 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.025 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.03 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.035 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.04 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.045 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.05 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.06 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.07 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.08 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.09 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.1 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.15 W/(m K) or greater, or about 0.2 W/(m K
  • the heat sinks 331 of one or more embodiments may be stationary or may be movable to modify the thickness of the channel gap 330a.
  • the thickness of the cover glass sheet 400b may be in a range from about 0.4 times the thickness to about 0.6 times the thickness of channel gap 300a, which is defined as the distance between the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks 331 (e.g., upper and lower surface of heat sinks 331 in the arrangement of FIG. 22).
  • the channel gap is configured to have a thickness sufficient such that the heated cover glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
  • the channel gap may have a thickness such that when cover glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through or located within the channel 330a, the distance between the major surfaces of the cover glass sheet 400b and the heat sink surface (e.g., the gap size discussed above) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or greater (e.g., in the range from about 100 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 190 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 180 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 170 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 160 ⁇ , from about 100 ⁇ to about 150 ⁇ , from about 110 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 120 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , from about 130 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ , or from about 140 ⁇ to about 200 ⁇ ).
  • the distance between the major surfaces of the cover glass sheet 400b and the heat sink surface e.g., the gap size discussed above
  • 100 ⁇ or greater e.g., in the range from about 100 ⁇
  • the channel gap may have a thickness such that when cover glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through the channel, the distance between the cover glass sheet and the heat sink surface (the gap or gaps 336) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or less (e.g., in the range from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 90 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 80 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 70 ⁇ , from about 10 ⁇ to about 60 ⁇ , or from about 10 ⁇ to about 50 ⁇ ).
  • the gap or gaps 336 is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 ⁇ or less (e.g., in the range from about 10 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 20 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 30 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about 40 ⁇ to about 100 ⁇ , from about
  • the total thickness of the channel gap 330a is dependent on the thickness of the cover glass sheet 400b, but can be generally characterized as 2 times the distance between the heat sink surface and the cover glass sheet, plus the thickness of the cover glass sheet. In some embodiments, the distance or gaps 336 between the cover glass sheet and the heat sinks may not be equal. In such embodiments, the total thickness of the channel gap 330a may be characterized as the sum of the distances between the cover glass sheet and each heat sink surface, plus the thickness of the cover glass sheet.
  • the total thickness of the channel gap may be less than about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 2500 ⁇ (e.g., in the range from about 120 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 150 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 200 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 300 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 400 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 500 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 600 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 700 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 800 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 900 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 1000 ⁇ to about 2500 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 2250 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 2000 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 1800 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 1600 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 1500 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 1400 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 1300 ⁇ , about 120 ⁇ to about 1200 ⁇ , or about 120
  • the total thickness of the channel gap may be about 2500 ⁇ or more (e.g., in the range from about 2500 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 9,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 8,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 7,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 6,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 5,000 ⁇ , about 2500 ⁇ to about 4,000 ⁇ , about 2750 ⁇ m to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 3000 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ m, about 3500 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 4000 ⁇ m to about 10,000 ⁇ , about 4500 ⁇ to about 10,000 ⁇ , or about 5000 ⁇ m to about 10,000 ⁇ ).
  • the apertures 33 la in the heat sink 331 may be positioned to be perpendicular to the heat sink surface or may be positioned at an angle of 20 degrees or less, such as about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 15 degrees or less, about 10 degrees or less or about 5 degrees or less) from perpendicular to the heat sink surface.
  • the material behind the heat sink (cold bearing 332) surfaces can be any suitable material having high heat transfer rates, including metals (e.g., stainless steel, copper, aluminum), ceramics, carbon, etc. This material may be relatively thick compared to the material behind the surfaces of the transition bearings 320, as shown in FIG. 22, such that heat sink can easily accept relatively large amounts of thermal energy.
  • the material of the heat sinks 331 is stainless steel.
  • FIG. 23 is a cut-away perspective cross-section of an apparatus similar to that of FIG. 22, albeit reversed from right to left, and comprising additionally a load/unload zone 340, next to cold zone 330 of system 300, including a load/unload gas bearing 342 with a cover glass sheet 400c positioned thereon. Also, the apparatus of FIG. 23 uses tight channel gaps (not indicated on the figure) in hot zone 310, transition bearing 320, and cold zone 330.
  • the inset in FIG. 23 shows an alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332a, in which the gas bearing 322a is actively cooled by coolant channels 334, between gas bearing feed holes 333, where the feed holes feed the apertures in the surface of the bearing 322a.
  • the cooling channels 334 are defined between heat sink segments 333b, which are assembled together to form the heat sink 331 and the surface thereof facing the cover glass sheet 400b.
  • the cooling channels 334 may be positioned very near the surface of the heat sink 331, in the solid material of the gas bearing 332, with a region of solid bearing material between the heat sink/gas bearing surface and the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334, having the same width as the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334. Accordingly, in some embodiments there is no region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a between a coolant channel 334 and the surface facing the cover glass 400b. This differs from the typical convective gas cooling equipment, because the high gas flow rates mandate that significant space be provided in the middle of the array of gas nozzles for the gas flows to escape.
  • heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a has a region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the gas nozzle design, relative to the solid material nearest the cover glass surface.
  • the reduced cross section region is generally positioned between the active cooling fluid and cover glass sheet under treatment, in order to give a high- volume path for the large volume of heated gas returning from the sheet.
  • FIG. 24 shows yet another alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332, like that of the inset of FIG. 23.
  • coolant channels 334 are formed between a gas bearing feed member 335, containing gas bearing feed holes 333, and a gas bearing face member 337a, which provides the cover glass sheet 400b facing surface of the gas bearing 332.
  • FIG. 25 shows yet another alternative cold zone gas bearing 332c having a similar structure to the embodiment of FIG. 24, but having a porous member 339 between a bearing plate member 337b and cover glass sheet 400b, such that porous member 339 forms the surface facing the cover glass sheet 400b.
  • the cover glass strengthening processes and systems described herein in relation to FIGS. 16-26 may be used or operated to form a cover glass or glass ceramic article (such as cover glass sheet 500) having any combination of cover glass sheet 500.
  • Cover glass sheets having undergone the thermal strengthening processes described herein may be further processed by undergoing ion exchange to further enhance their strength.
  • Ion-exchanging the surface of cover glasses heat strengthened as described herein may increase the above-described compressive stresses by at least 20 MPa, such as at least 50 MPa, such as at least 70 MPa, such as at least 80 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, such as at least 150 MPa, such as at least 200 MPa, such as at least 300 MPa, such as at least 400 MPa, such as at least 500 MPa, such as at least 600 MPa and/or no more than 1 GPa, in some such contemplated embodiments.
  • the processes and systems described herein can be used for additional thermal conditioning processes as well. While cooling is specifically discussed herein, the systems and processes can be used to transfer heat into the cover glass sheet via a conductive method. Accordingly, additional embodiments of the processes of the current disclosure, including heating through a gas by conduction more than convection. Such a process or method 700 is illustrated in the flow chart of FIG. 26.
  • the method 700 includes two main steps.
  • the first step, step 710 involves providing an article, such as a cover glass sheet, having at least one surface.
  • the second step, step 720 involves heating or cooling a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article.
  • Step 720 is performed by conduction more than by convection through a gas from or to a heat source or a heat sink source as shown in sub-part 720a, and is performed sufficiently to complete thermal conditioning of the article or the portion of the surface of the article in sub-part 720b, and the conduction of the cooling/heating of step 720 is performed at a high rate of heat transfer, at least 450 kW/m 2 of the area of the portion in sub-part 720b.
  • an article can be thermally conditioned - i.e., either heated or cooled - by cooling or heating a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article(the portion having an area), by conduction more than by convection, the conduction mediated through a gas to or from a heat sink or a heat source and not through solid-to-solid contact, sufficiently to complete a thermal conditioning of the article or of the portion of the surface of the article, and the conduction being performed, during at least some time of the heating or cooling, at a rate of at least 450, 550, 650, 750, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or even 5000 or more kW per square meter.
  • the high rates of thermal power transfer allow for thermal processing or conditioning of all kinds, including heating and cooling during tempering, edge strengthening of cover glass, firing or sintering of ceramics, glasses, or other materials, and so forth. Additionally, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article while preserving surface smoothness and quality. Accordingly, in yet another aspect of the present disclosure, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, yet surface smoothness and quality are preserved.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic articles and sheets discussed herein have a wide range of uses in a wide range of articles, devices, products, structures, etc.
  • cover glass or glass-ceramics herein is also referred to as consumer electronic glass.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic of according to the present disclosure may be used on any surface of electronic devices, mobile phones, portable media players, televisions, notebook computers, watches, user wearable devices (e.g., Fitbit), cameras lenses, camera displays, household appliances, tablet computer displays, and any other electronic devices which may require a surface according to the properties and dimensions described herein.
  • a structure 1010 such as a building, house, vehicle, etc., includes a glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in the form of a window, portion of walls (e.g., surfaces), dividers, etc.
  • the glass or ceramic article 1012 may be strengthened such that the glass or ceramic article 1012 has a negative tensile stress on or near surfaces thereof, balanced by a positive tensile stress internal thereto, as disclosed herein.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may have a composition that resists chemicals and/or corrosion as may be present in outdoor environments by having a relatively high silicon dioxide content, such as at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 75% by weight.
  • the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 has major surfaces orthogonal to a thickness thereof (see generally sheet 500 as shown in FIG. 4), where the major surfaces have a large area (e.g., at least 5 cm 2 , at least 9 cm 2 , at least 15 cm 2 , at least 50 cm 2 , at least 250 cm 2 ) relative to glass or glass-ceramic articles used in other applications (e.g., lenses, battery components, etc.).
  • a large area e.g., at least 5 cm 2 , at least 9 cm 2 , at least 15 cm 2 , at least 50 cm 2 , at least 250 cm 2
  • total light transmission through the glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 50% (e.g., at least 65%), at least 75%) from wavelengths of about 300 nm to about 800 nm, when the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 has thicknesses as disclosed herein, such as a thickness of less than 5 cm, less than 3 cm, less than 2 cm, less than 1.75 cm, less than 1.5 cm, less than 1 cm, less than 5 mm, less than 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.75 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.8 mm, less than 0.6 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.4 mm, less than 0.2 mm, and/or at least 10 micrometers, such as at least 50 micrometers.
  • Thin thicknesses of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may not harm the function of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in architectural, automotive, or other applications relative to conventional articles because the high level of strength of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 provided by the inventive processes disclosed herein.
  • Thin glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 may be particularly useful in such architectural, automotive, consumer electronics, or other applications because the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 may be lighter than conventional such articles, reducing the weight of the corresponding overall structure.
  • a result may be greater fuel efficiency.
  • buildings a result may be sturdier or less resource-intensive structures.
  • a lighter device with greater impact resistance and/or resilience to recurring drops or impacts glass or glass-ceramic articles disclosed herein may have areas of lesser magnitude, greater thicknesses, transmit less light, and/or may be used in different applications, such as those disclosed with regard to FIGS. 27-30, for example.
  • a surface 1 1 10 includes a glass or glass ceramic article 1 1 12, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties discussed herein, that functions as a countertop and/or as a portion of a display.
  • total transmission through the cover glass or glass ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 30% (e.g., at least 50%) from infrared wavelengths of about 800 nm to about 1500 nm, facilitating use of the surface 1 1 10 as a cooktop.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1 1 12 has a coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) from about lO lO "7 °C A to about 14 about 20 10 "7 0 C _1 to about 12 about 30x l0 "7 0 C _1 to about ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ "7 40 ⁇ 10 "7 °C A to about ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ "7 50x 10 " 7 0 C _1 to about lOOx lO "7
  • the processes are ideally suited for glass compositions having moderate to high CTEs.
  • Example cover glasses that work well with the processes described herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming' s® Gorilla® Glasses, boroaluminosilicates, and soda-lime glasses.
  • the cover glasses used have CTEs greater than 40, greater than 50, greater than 60, greater than 70, greater than 80, or greater than 90 ⁇ 10 "7 /°C.
  • Some such CTEs may be particularly low for thermal tempering as disclosed herein, where the degree of negative tensile stress is no more than 50 MPa and/or at least 10 MPa.
  • a device 1210 e.g., handheld computer, tablet, portable computer, cellular phone, television, watch, display board, etc.
  • a device 1210 includes one or more cover glass or glass-ceramic articles 1212, 1214, 1216, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, and further includes electronic components 1218 (e.g., a display, and electrical display, a controller, a memory, a microchip, etc.) and a housing 1220.
  • electrical components 1218 and/or the electrical display may include a liquid crystal display and/or at least one light emitting diode (LED).
  • the electronic display may be a touch sensitive display.
  • the glass-based layer forming or covering the electronic display may include a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback for a user.
  • a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback for a user For example, raised projections, ridges, contours, or bumps are non-limiting example surface features for haptic feedback.
  • electrical components 1218 are provided at least partially within housing 1220. In embodiments, electrical components 1218 are provided completely within housing 1220.
  • the housing 1220 may be or include a cover glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
  • a substrate 1222 for the electronic components 1218 may be a cover glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
  • the cover glass or glass ceramic articles 1212, 1214 may function as frontplane and backplane substrates, and the cover glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may function as a cover glass in the device 1210.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 of the device 1210 is an alkali-aluminosilicate glass.
  • Such composition may allow the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 to be strengthened by thermal tempering, as disclosed herein, and may be additionally strengthened by ion-exchange, providing a particularly high degree of negative tensile stress (e.g., at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa) at or near surfaces thereof.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 may include sodium carbonate, calcium oxide, calcium magnesium carbonate, silicon dioxide (e.g., at least 70% by weight), aluminum oxide, and/or other constituents; and may be strengthened by the inventive processes disclosed herein.
  • the cover glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may be particularly thin or otherwise structured, such as having any of the dimensions, properties, and/or compositions as disclosed herein.
  • housing 1220 may include a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface 1220.
  • Housing 1220 may include one or more glass-based layers including cover glass or glass-ceramic articles manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties discussed herein.
  • the glass-based layer may be a cover glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
  • the glass based layer (e.g., 1212, 1214, 1216) may form any surface of a consumer electronic product.
  • the glass-based layer extends across the housing front surface from at least one side surface (e.g., 1220) to an opposite side surface.
  • the glass-based layer is provided at or adjacent the front surface of housing 1220.
  • the glass-based layer may include a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback for a user.
  • a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback for a user For example, raised projections, ridges, contours, or bumps are non-limiting example surface features for haptic feedback.
  • glass based layer e.g., 1212, 1214, 1216
  • glass based layer may be shaped in 1-dimension, 2-dimensions, 2.5- dimensions (e.g., curvature at the edge of a display glass), or 3-dimensions.
  • the glass-based layer (e.g., 1212, 1214, 1216) may have at least one beveled or curved edge, including an embodiment where the entire outside perimeter of the glass-based layer is beveled or curved.
  • the average thickness of the glass-based layer may not exceed 1.5 mm, may not exceed 1.0 mm, may not exceed 0.7 mm, may not exceed 0.5 mm, or may have an average thickness within a range from about 0.5 mm to about 1.0 mm, or about 0.1 mm to about 1.5 mm, or an average thickness from about 0.5 mm to about 0.7 mm.
  • the one or more of the major surfaces of the glass-based layer may include an anti-scratch layer, an antireflection layer, and an antiglare layer.
  • the one or more major surfaces of the glass-based layer may also include any combination or all of these layers.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article may include a glass material that is substantially optically clear, transparent and free from light scattering.
  • the cover glass material may exhibit an average light transmission over a wavelength range from about 400 nm to about 780 nm of about 85% or greater, about 86% or greater, about 87% or greater, about 88% or greater, about 89% or greater, about 90% or greater, about 91% or greater or about 92% or greater.
  • the glass material may be opaque or exhibit an average light transmission over a wavelength range from about 400 nm to about 780 nm of less than about 10%, less than about 9%, less than about 8%, less than about 7%, less than about 6%, less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, less than about 1%, or less than about 0%.
  • these light reflectance and transmittance values may be a total reflectance or total transmittance (taking into account reflectance or transmittance on both major surfaces of the glass material).
  • the glass material may optionally exhibit a color, such as white, black, red, blue, green, yellow, orange, etc.
  • a cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1310 manufactured according to processes disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, has curvature and/or a variable cross-sectional dimension D.
  • Such articles may have thicknesses disclosed herein as an average of dimension D or as a maximum value of dimension D.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1310 is shown as a curved sheet, other shapes, such as more complex shapes, may be strengthened by processes disclosed herein.
  • the cover glass or glass ceramic article 1310 may be used as a front pane, back pane, or on any surface of a consumer electronic product.
  • cover glass material manufactured according to processes disclosed herein, and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein is useful to form at least one sheet of a cover glass-interlayer- cover glass laminate, such as used in automotive glass sidelights. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent (see generally FIG. 30) and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming/shaping of the thin sheet.
  • the systems and methods discussed may be used to thermally condition, strengthen and/or temper a wide variety of cover glass and/or ceramic materials.
  • the processes and systems described herein may generally be used with almost any glass composition, and some embodiments can be used with glass laminates, glass ceramics, and/or ceramics. In various embodiments, the processes can be used with glass compositions having high CTEs.
  • cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming's® Gorilla® Glasses, SLG, soda- or alkali-free glasses and the like.
  • cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein have CTEs of greater than 40x10 "7 /°C, greater than 50x10 "7 /°C, greater than 60x10 "7 /°C, greater than 70x10 "7 /°C, greater than 80x10 "7 /°C, or greater than 90x10 "7 /°C.
  • cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may have a composition configured for chemical durability.
  • the composition comprises at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight.
  • Conventional articles of such compositions may be difficult to chemically temper to a deep depth, and/or may be difficult, if not impossible, to thermally temper by conventional processes to a sufficient magnitude of negative surface tensile stress for thin thicknesses, such as due to fragility and forces of conventional processes.
  • inventive processes disclosed herein allow a strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet, such as cover glass sheet 500, with such a composition, where negative tensile stress extends into the respective strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet to a distance of at least 10% of the thickness of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet from at least one of the first and second surfaces (e.g., surfaces 510, 520 of cover glass sheet 500), such as at least 12% of the thickness, 15% of the thickness, 16% of the thickness, 17% of the thickness, 18% of the thickness, 19% of the thickness, 20% of the thickness, or 21% of the thickness.
  • cover glass sheet 500 with such a composition, where negative tensile stress extends into the respective strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet to a distance of at least 10% of the thickness of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet from at least one of the first and second surfaces (e.g., surfaces 510, 520 of cover glass sheet 500), such as at least 12% of the thickness, 15% of the thickness,
  • cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets and articles are identical to the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets and articles.
  • strengthened as discussed herein have one or more coatings that are placed on the cover glass prior to the thermal strengthening of the cover glass sheet.
  • the processes discussed herein can be used to produce strengthened cover glass sheets having one or more coatings, and, in some such embodiments, the coating is placed on the cover glass prior to thermal strengthening and is unaffected by the thermal strengthening process.
  • Specific coatings that are advantageously preserved on cover glass sheets of the present disclosure include low E coatings, reflective coatings, antireflective coatings, anti-fingerprint coatings, cut-off filters, pyrolytic coatings, etc.
  • cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are boro-aluminosilicate glasses.
  • cover glass or glass ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein, for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are generally non-alkali glasses, yet still have stress profiles and structures as disclosed herein. Such composition may reduce the degree of relaxation of the glass, facilitating coupling of transistors thereto.
  • the cover glass sheets/articles discussed herein are flexible glass sheets.
  • the cover glass sheets/articles discussed herein comprise a laminate of two or more cover glass sheets.
  • cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may include an amorphous substrate, a crystalline substrate or a combination thereof, such as a glass-ceramic substrate.
  • Cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali
  • cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein may include a cover glass having a composition, in mole percent (mol%), including: Si0 2 in the range from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 40 to about 80 mol%, A1 2 0 in the range from about 10 to about 30 mol%, B 2 0 in the range from about 0 to about 10 mol%, R 2 0 in the range from about 0 to about 20 mol%, and/or RO in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%.
  • Si0 2 in the range from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 40 to about 80 mol%
  • A1 2 0 in the range from about 10 to about 30 mol%
  • B 2 0 in the range from about 0 to about 10 mol%
  • R 2 0 in the range from about 0 to about 20 mol%
  • RO in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%.
  • the composition may include either one or both of Zr0 2 in the range from about 0 to about 5 mol% and P 2 C"5 in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%.
  • Ti0 2 can be present from about 0 to about 2 mol%.
  • compositions used for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be batched with 0-2 mol% of at least one fining agent selected from a group that includes Na 2 S0 4 , NaCl, NaF, NaBr, K 2 SO 4 , KCl, KF, KBr, and Sn0 2 .
  • the cover glass composition according to one or more embodiments may further include Sn0 2 in the range from about 0 to about 2 mol%, from about 0 to about 1 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 2 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 1 mol%, or from about 1 to about 2 mol%.
  • Cover glass compositions disclosed herein for the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 may be substantially free of As 2 0 and/or Sb 2 0 , in some embodiments.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include alkali aluminosilicate cover glass compositions or alkali aluminoborosilicate glass compositions that are further strengthened via an ion exchange process.
  • alkali aluminosilicate cover glass compositions or alkali aluminoborosilicate glass compositions that are further strengthened via an ion exchange process.
  • cover glass composition comprises Si0 2 , B 2 0 and Na 2 0, where
  • the cover glass composition includes at least 6 wt.% aluminum oxide. In a further embodiment, the
  • strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include a glass composition with one or more alkaline earth oxides, such that a content of alkaline earth oxides is at least 5 wt.%.
  • Suitable cover glass compositions in some embodiments, further comprise at least one of K 2 0, MgO and CaO.
  • the cover glass compositions used in the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein can comprise 61-75 mol.% Si02; 7-15 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-12 mol.% B 2 0 ; 9-21 mol.% Na 2 0; 0-4 mol.% K 2 0; 0- 7 mol.% MgO; and/or 0-3 mol.% CaO.
  • a further example cover glass composition suitable for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 60-70 mol.% Si0 2 ; 6-14 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-15 mol.% B 2 0 ; 0-15 mol.% Li 2 0; 0-20 mol.% Na 2 0; 0-10 mol.% K 2 0; 0-8 mol.% MgO; 0-10 mol.% CaO; 0-5 mol.% Zr0 2 ; 0-1 mol.% Sn0 2 ; 0-1 mol.% Ce0 2 ; less than 50 ppm As 2 0 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb 2 0 ; where 12 mol.% ⁇ (Li 2 0 + Na 2 0 + K 2 0) ⁇ 20 mol.% and/or 0 mol.% ⁇ (MgO + CaO) ⁇ 10 mol.%).
  • a still further example glass composition suitable for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 63.5-66.5 mol.% Si0 2 ; 8-12 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-3 mol.% B 2 0 ; 0-5 mol.% Li 2 0; 8-18 mol.% Na 2 0; 0-5 mol.% K 2 0; 1-7 mol.% MgO; 0-2.5 mol.% CaO; 0-3 mol.% Zr0 2 ; 0.05-0.25 mol.% Sn0 2 ; 0.05- 0.5 mol.% Ce0 2 ; less than 50 ppm As 2 0 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb 2 0 ; where 14 mol.% ⁇ (Li 2 0 + Na 2 0 + K 2 0) ⁇ 18 mol.% and/or 2 mol.% ⁇ (MgO + CaO) ⁇ 7 mol.%.
  • an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition suitable for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises alumina, at least one alkali metal and, in some embodiments, greater than 50 mol.% Si0 2 , in other embodiments at least 58 mol.% Si0 2 , and in still other embodiments at least 60 mol.%) Si0 2 , wherein the ratio (A1 2 0 + B 2 0 )/ ⁇ modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1, where in the ratio the components are expressed in mol.% and the modifiers are alkali metal oxides.
  • This cover glass composition in particular embodiments, comprises: 58-72 mol.% Si0 2 ; 9-17 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 2-12 mol.% B 2 0 ; 8-16 mol.% Na 2 0; and/or 0-4 mol.% K 2 0, wherein the ratio (A1 2 0 + B 2 0 )/ ⁇ modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 64-68 mol.% Si0 2 ; 12-16 mol.% Na 2 0; 8-12 mol.% A1 2 0 ; 0-3 mol.% B 2 0 ; 2-5 mol.% K 2 0; 4-6 mol.% MgO; and 0-5 mol.% CaO, wherein: 66 mol.% ⁇ Si0 2 + B 2 0 + CaO ⁇ 69 mol.%; Na 2 0 + K 2 0 + B 2 0 + MgO + CaO + SrO > 10 mol.%; 5 mol.% ⁇ MgO + CaO + SrO ⁇ 8 mol.%; (Na 2 0 + B 2 0 ) - A1 2 0 ⁇ 2 mol.%; 2 mol.% ⁇ Na 2 0 - A1 2 0 ⁇ 6 mol
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may comprise an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 2 mol.% or more of A1 2 0 and/or Zr0 2 , or 4 mol.% or more of A1 2 0 and/or Zr0 2 .
  • strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may include Li 2 0- Al 2 0 3 -Si0 2 system (i.e. LAS-System) glass ceramics, MgO-Al 2 0 3 -Si0 2 system (i.e. MAS- System) glass ceramics, and/or glass ceramics that include a predominant crystal phase including ⁇ -quartz solid solution, ⁇ -spodumene ss, cordierite, and lithium disilicate.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized by the manner in which it is formed.
  • the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized as float-formable (i.e., formed by a float process), down- drawable and, in particular, fusion-formable or slot-drawable (i.e., formed by a down draw process such as a fusion draw process or a slot draw process).
  • float-formable i.e., formed by a float process
  • fusion-formable or slot-drawable i.e., formed by a down draw process such as a fusion draw process or a slot draw process
  • a float-formable strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article may be characterized by smooth surfaces and consistent thickness, and is made by floating molten cover glass on a bed of molten metal, typically tin.
  • molten cover glass or glass- ceramic that is fed onto the surface of the molten tin bed forms a floating glass or glass-ceramic ribbon.
  • the cover glass ribbon flows along the tin bath, the temperature is gradually decreased until the cover glass or glass-ceramic ribbon solidifies into a solid cover glass or glass- ceramic article that can be lifted from the tin onto rollers.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article can be cooled further and annealed to reduce internal stress.
  • the cover glass article formed from the float process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • Down-draw processes produce cover glass or glass-ceramic articles having a consistent thickness that possess relatively pristine surfaces. Because the average flexural strength of the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is controlled by the amount and size of surface flaws, a pristine surface that has had minimal contact has a higher initial strength. When this high strength cover glass or glass-ceramic article is then further strengthened (e.g., chemically), the resultant strength can be higher than that of a cover glass or glass-ceramic article with a surface that has been lapped and polished. Down-drawn cover glass or glass-ceramic articles may be drawn to a thickness of less than about 2 mm.
  • cover glass or glass-ceramic articles have a very flat, smooth surface that can be used in its final application without costly grinding and polishing.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the down-draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • the fusion draw process uses a drawing tank that has a channel for accepting molten glass raw material.
  • the channel has weirs that are open at the top along the length of the channel on both sides of the channel.
  • the molten glass overflows the weirs. Due to gravity, the molten glass flows down the outside surfaces of the drawing tank as two flowing glass films. These outside surfaces of the drawing tank extend down and inwardly so that they join at an edge below the drawing tank. The two flowing glass films join at this edge to fuse and form a single flowing cover glass article.
  • the fusion draw method offers the advantage that, because the two cover glass films flowing over the channel fuse together, neither of the outside surfaces of the resulting cover glass article comes in contact with any part of the apparatus. Thus, the surface properties of the fusion drawn cover glass article are not affected by such contact.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the fusion process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • the slot draw process is distinct from the fusion draw method.
  • the molten raw material glass is provided to a drawing tank.
  • the bottom of the drawing tank has an open slot with a nozzle that extends the length of the slot.
  • the molten glass flows through the slot/nozzle and is drawn downward as a continuous cover glass article and into an annealing region.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic
  • the cover glass article formed from the slot draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
  • the cover glass article may be formed using a thin rolling process, as described in U.S. Patent No. 8,713,972, U.S. Patent No. 9,003,835, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2015/0027169, and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050099618, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article may be formed by supplying a vertical stream of molten glass, forming the supplied stream of molten glass or glass-ceramic with a pair of forming rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher or about 600° C or higher, to form a formed cover glass ribbon having a formed thickness, sizing the formed ribbon of glass with a pair of sizing rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower to produce a sized glass ribbon having a desired thickness less than the formed thickness and a desired thickness consistency.
  • the apparatus used to form the cover glass ribbon may include a glass feed device for supplying a supplied stream of molten glass; a pair of forming rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher, the forming rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass forming gap between the forming rolls with the glass forming gap located vertically below the glass feed device for receiving the supplied stream of molten glass and thinning the supplied stream of molten glass between the forming rolls to form a formed glass ribbon having a formed thickness; and a pair of sizing rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower, the sizing rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass sizing gap between the sizing rolls with the cover glass sizing gap located vertically below the forming rolls for receiving the formed cover glass ribbon and thinning the formed cover glass ribbon to produce a sized cover glass ribbon having a desired thickness and a desired thickness consistency.
  • the thin rolling process may be utilized where the viscosity of the glass does not permit use of fusion or slot draw methods.
  • thin rolling can be utilized to form the cover glass or glass-ceramic articles when the glass exhibits a liquidus viscosity less than 100 kP.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic article may be acid polished or otherwise treated to remove or reduce the effect of surface flaws.
  • the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein has a composition that differs by side surface.
  • an exemplary composition is: 69-75 wt.% Si0 2 , 0-1.5 wt.% A1 2 0 , 8-12 wt.% CaO, 0-0.1 wt.% CI, 0-500 ppm Fe, 0-500 ppm K , 0.0-4.5 wt.% MgO, 12-15 wt.% Na 2 0, 0-0.5 wt.% S0 , 0-0.5 wt.% Sn0 2 , 0-0.1 wt.% SrO, 0-0.1 wt.% Ti0 2 , 0-0.1 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0- 0.1 wt.%) Zr0 2 .
  • an exemplary composition is: 73.16 wt.% Si0 2 , 0.076 wt.% A1 2 0 , 9.91 wt.% CaO, 0.014 wt.% CI, 0.1 wt.% Fe 2 0 3 , 0.029 wt.% K 2 0, 2.792 wt.% MgO, 13.054 wt.% Na 2 0, 0.174 wt.% S0 3 , 0.001 Sn0 2 , 0.01 wt.% SrO, 0.01 wt.% Ti0 2 , 0.002 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0.005 wt.% Zr0 2 .
  • composition of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si0 2 55-85 wt.%, A1 2 0 0-30 wt.%, B 2 0 0-20 wt.%, Na 2 0 0-25 wt.%, CaO 0-20 wt.%, K 2 0 0-20 wt.%, MgO 0-15 wt.%, BaO 5-20 wt.%, Fe 2 0 0.002-0.06 wt.%, and/or Cr 2 0 0.0001-0.06 wt.%.
  • composition of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si0 2 60-72 mol.%, A1 2 0 3 3.4-8 mol.%, Na 2 0 13-16 mol.%, K 2 0 0-1 mol.%, MgO 3.3-6 mol.%, Ti0 2 0-0.2 mol.%, Fe 2 0 3 0.01-0.15 mol.%, CaO 6.5-9 mol.%, and/or S0 3 0.02-0.4 mol.%.
  • the apparatus comprises three zones - a hot zone, a transition zone, and a cool or quench zone.
  • the gaps between the top and bottom thermal bearings (heat sinks) in the hot zone and the quench zone are set to the desired spacings.
  • Gas flow rates in the hot zone, transition zone, and quench zone are set to ensure centering of the glass material, sheet or part on the air-bearing.
  • the hot zone is pre-heated to the desired T 0 , the temperature from which the glass article will be subsequently quenched.
  • cover glass articles are pre-heated in a separate pre-heating apparatus, such as a batch or continuous furnace.
  • cover glass sheets are pre-heated for greater than 5 minutes prior to loading in the hot zone.
  • pre-heating is done around 450°C.
  • the cover glass article is loaded into the hot zone and allowed to equilibrate, where equilibration is where the glass is uniformly at T 0 .
  • T 0 can be determined by the level of strengthening/tempering desired, but is generally kept in the range between the softening point and the glass transition temperature.
  • the time to equilibration is dependent at least on the thickness of the cover glass. For example, for cover glass sheets of approximately 1.1 mm or less, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds.
  • equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds to 30 seconds. For thicker sheets, up to approximately 6 mm, the equilibration time may be on the order of 60 seconds.
  • T 0 Once the cover glass has equilibrated to T 0 , it is rapidly transferred through the transition zone on air bearings and into the cool or quench zone.
  • the cover glass article rapidly quenches in the quench zone to a temperature below the glass transition temperature, Tg.
  • the cover glass sheet can be maintained in the quench zone for any period of time from 1 second, 10 seconds, or to several minutes or more, depending on the degree of quench desired and/or the desired temperature of the cover glass at removal. Upon removal the cover glass is optionally allowed to cool before handling.
  • Example 1 A soda-lime silicate glass plate (e.g., glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight) of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating to To, it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 91 ⁇ (wherein the gap is the distance between the surface of the glass sheet and the nearest heat sink), where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -312 MPa, a central tension of 127 MPa, and a flatness of 83 ⁇ .
  • Example 2 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -317 MPa, a central tension of 133 MPa, and a flatness of about 89.7 micrometers.
  • Example 3 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 56 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 661°C, a surface compression of -176 MPa, a central tension of 89 MPa, a flatness of 190 ⁇ , and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
  • Example 4 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.55 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 720°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 25 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.184 cal/(cm 2 - s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -176 MPa and a central tension of 63 MPa.
  • Example 5 A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.5 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 790°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 226 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the glass article has an improvement in flatness measured to be 113 ⁇ pre-processing and 58 ⁇ post-processing.
  • Example 6 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 730°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 31 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.149 cal/(cm 2 -s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -206 MPa, a central tension of 100 MPa, and a flatness of 82 ⁇ . Upon fracture, the glass sheet is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm thickness or greater sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) suggesting that the sheet is fully tempered.
  • "dice" using standard terminology for 2 mm thickness or greater sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm
  • Example 7 A Borofloat-33 glass plate of 3.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 800°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 119 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a flatness of 120 ⁇ . Upon fracture of the part it is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm or greater thickness sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) showing that the sheet is fully tempered.
  • "dice" using standard terminology for 2 mm or greater thickness sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces
  • Example 8 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 3.2 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 690°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 84 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface compression of -218 MPa, a central tension of 105 MPa, and a flatness of 84 ⁇ .
  • Example 9 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 630°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 159 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has membrane stresses which are observable by gray field polarimetry, suggesting the glass has incorporated the thermal stress.
  • Example 10 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 0.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 820°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 141 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.033 cal/(cm 2 -s-°C). Upon fracture, the resulting article displays behavior consistent with a residually stressed glass.
  • Example 11 A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 65 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.07 cal/(cm 2 -s- °C).
  • the resulting article has a surface Active temperature measured to be 657°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 98 MPa, a flatness of 158 ⁇ , and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
  • Example 12 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 810°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone which has a gap of 86 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.058 cal/(cm 2 - s-°C).
  • the resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 71 1°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 67 MPa, and a Vicker' s cracking threshold of 20- 30 N.
  • Example 13 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T 0 of 800°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 ⁇ , where it is held for 10 seconds.
  • the resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 747°C, a surface compression of -138 MPa, a central tension of 53 MPa, a flatness of 66 ⁇ , and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 20-30 N.
  • Example - a 5.7 mm thick sheet of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight was run with helium gas and gaps 204a, 204b (FIG. 21) of about 90 micrometers.
  • the glass was heated to an initial temperature of about 690° C and quickly cooled.
  • the resulting strengthened article had a negative tensile stress of about 300 MPa on surfaces thereof and a positive tensile stress of about 121 MPa in the center. Also, the resulting strengthened article had a flatness of about 106.9 micrometers.
  • cover glass and glass-ceramic as shown in the various exemplary embodiments, are illustrative only. Although only a few embodiments have been described in detail in this disclosure, many modifications are possible (e.g., variations in sizes, dimensions, structures, shapes, and proportions of the various elements, values of parameters, mounting arrangements, use of materials, colors, orientations) without materially departing from the novel teachings and advantages of the subject matter described herein. Some elements shown as integrally formed may be constructed of multiple parts or elements, the position of elements may be reversed or otherwise varied, and the nature or number of discrete elements or positions may be altered or varied.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Geochemistry & Mineralogy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Surface Treatment Of Glass (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)
  • Re-Forming, After-Treatment, Cutting And Transporting Of Glass Products (AREA)
  • Glass Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

A strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article as well as processes and systems for making the strengthened glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article is provided for use in consumer electronic devices. The process comprises cooling the cover glass sheet by non-contact thermal conduction for sufficiently long to fix a surface compression and central tension of the sheet. The process results in thermally strengthened cover glass sheets for use in or on consumer electronic products.

Description

THERMALLY STRENGTHENED CONSUMER ELECTRONIC GLASS AND
RELATED SYSTEMS AND METHODS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119 of U.S.
Provisional Application Serial No. 62/236296 filed on October 2, 2015 and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 62/288851 filed on January 29, 2016 and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 62/286192 filed on January 22, 2016 and claims the benefit of priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 of U.S. Application Serial No. 14/814232 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S.
Application Serial No. 14/814274 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S. Application Serial No.
14/814293 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S. Application Serial No. 14/814303 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S. Application Serial No. 14/814363 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S. Application Serial No. 14/814319 filed on July 30, 2015 and U.S. Application Serial No. 14/814335 filed on July 30, 2015 the entire contents of which are relied upon and incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0002] The disclosure relates generally to thermally conditioned (e.g., strengthened, tempered, heated, etc.) cover glass for consumer electronic applications, and specifically relates to thermally strengthened glass and to related methods and systems for the thermal strengthening of glass for consumer electronic applications, particularly for thin consumer electronic glass sheets (also called "cover glass" herein).
[0003] In thermal (or "physical") strengthening of glass sheets, a glass sheet is heated to an elevated temperature above the glass transition temperature of the glass and then the surfaces of the sheet are rapidly cooled ("quenched") while the inner regions of the sheet cool at a slower rate. The inner regions cool more slowly because they are insulated by the thickness and the fairly low thermal conductivity of the glass. The differential cooling produces a residual compressive stress in the glass surface regions, balanced by a residual tensile stress in the central regions of the glass.
[0004] Thermal strengthening of glass is distinguished from chemical strengthening of glass, in which surface compressive stresses are generated by changing the chemical composition of the glass in regions near the surface by a process such as ion diffusion. In some ion diffusion based processes, exterior portions of glass may be strengthened by exchanging larger ions for smaller ions near the glass surface to impart a compressive stress (also called negative tensile stress) on or near the surface. The compressive stress is believed to limit crack initiation and/or propagation.
[0005] Thermal strengthening of glass also is distinguished from glass strengthened by processes in which exterior portions of the glass are strengthened or arranged by combining two types of glass. In such processes, layers of glass compositions that have differing coefficients of thermal expansion are combined or laminated together while hot. For example, by sandwiching molten glass with a higher coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) between layers of molten glass with a lower CTE, positive tension in the interior glass compresses the outer layers when the glasses cool, again forming compressive stress on the surface to balance the positive tensile stress. This surface compressive stress provides strengthening.
[0006] Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass has advantages relative to unstrengthened glass. The surface compression of the strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass provides greater resistance to fracture than unstrengthened glass. The increase in strength generally is proportional to the amount of surface compression stress. If a sheet possesses a sufficient level of thermal strengthening, relative to its thickness, then if the sheet is broken, generally it will divide into small fragments rather than into large or elongated fragments with sharp edges. Glass that breaks into sufficiently small fragments, or "dices," as defined by various established standards, may be known as safety glass, or "fully tempered" glass, or sometimes simply "tempered" glass.
[0007] Because the degree of strengthening depends on the temperature difference between the surface and center of the glass sheet during quenching, thinner glasses require higher cooling rates to achieve a given stress. Also, thinner glass generally requires higher values of surface compressive stress and central tension stress to achieve dicing into small particles upon breaking. Accordingly, achieving desirable levels of tempering in glass with thicknesses of around 3 mm or less has been exceedingly challenging, if not impossible. [0008] Aspects of the present disclosure also relate to consumer electronic glass or cover glass that has a stress profile for strengthening exterior portions thereof. Consumer electronic glass, such as cover glass for use on any surface of a consumer electronic device, may be used for a broad range of applications Such applications include cell phones, tablets, mobile phones, personal computers, notebook computers, digital signage, digital white board, etc.
[0009] Aspects of the present disclosure also relate generally to glass or glass-ceramic that has a stress profile for strengthening exterior portions thereof. Glass and glass-ceramic articles, such as sheets of glass, may be used for a broad range of applications. Examples of such applications include use in windows, countertops, containers (e.g., food, chemical), use as a backplane, frontplane, cover glass, etc., for a display device (e.g., tablet, cellular phone, television), use as a high-temperature substrate or support structure, or other applications.
SUMMARY
[0010] This disclosure relates, in part, to highly strengthened thin consumer electronic glass or cover glass sheets and articles, and to methods, processes, and systems that achieve surprisingly high levels of heat strengthening of consumer electronic glass or cover glass sheets at thicknesses not achieved in the past. In various embodiments, the process and method of the current disclosure is believed to surpass the consumer electronic glass or cover glass thickness limits and heat transfer rates provided by conventional convective gas thermal strengthening processes without the need to contact the consumer electronic glass or cover glass with liquid or solid heat sinks. In such systems and processes, during quenching, the cover glass is contacted only with a gas. The systems and methods disclosed enable thermal strengthening, including up to "full temper" or dicing behavior, in cover glass sheets having thicknesses down to at least as thin as 0.1 mm (in at least some contemplated embodiments); and in some embodiments, provides this strengthening in a thin cover glass sheet that also has a low roughness and a high degree of flatness resulting from the lack of liquid or solid contact during quenching. In various embodiments, these advantageous cover glass sheet material properties are provided by a system and method with substantially lower quenching power requirements, as compared to
conventional convective glass tempering systems. [0011] One embodiment of the disclosure relates to a process for thermally strengthening a consumer electronic glass or cover glass material. The process includes providing article formed from a glass material. The process includes heating the article above a glass transition temperature of the cover glass material. The process includes moving the heated article into a cooling station. The cooling station includes a heat sink having a heat sink surface facing the heated article and a gas gap separating the heat sink surface from the heated article such that the heat sink surface does not touch the heated article. The process includes cooling the heated article to a temperature below the cover glass transition temperature such that surface compressive stresses and central tensile stresses are created within the article. The article is cooled by transferring thermal energy from the heated article to the heat sink by conduction across the gap such that more than 20% of the thermal energy leaving the heated article crosses the gap and is received by the heat sink.
[0012] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a system for thermally strengthening a cover glass sheet. The system includes a heating station including a heating element delivering heat to the cover glass sheet, and the cover glass sheet includes a first major surface, a second major surface and a thickness between the first and second major surfaces. The system includes a cooling station, including opposing first and second heat sink surfaces defining a channel therebetween such that during cooling the cover glass sheet is located within the channel. The system includes a gas bearing delivering pressurized gas to the channel such that the cover glass sheet is supported within the channel without touching the first and second heat sink surfaces, and the gas bearing defines a gap area. The gas bearing delivers a gas into the channel such that a total mass flow rate of gas into the channel is greater than zero and less than 2k/gCp per square meter of gap area, where k is the thermal conductivity of a gas within the channel evaluated in the direction of heat conduction, g is the distance between the cover glass sheet and the heat sink surface, and Cp is the specific heat capacity of the gas within the channel.
[0013] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a strengthened consumer electronic glass/cover glass or glass-ceramic article. The article includes a first major surface, a second major surface opposite the first major surface and an interior region located between the first and second major surfaces. The article includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm. The article includes at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight. An ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region. The first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa. A surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 2.0 nm Ra roughness.
[0014] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass on a consumer electronic product. In embodiments, the consumer electronic product includes an electronic display with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface. In embodiments, a glass-based layer or cover glass is provided at least partially over the electronic display. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or cover glass includes a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or cover glass includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm. In embodiments, an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region. In embodiments, the first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa. In embodiments, a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 2.0 nm Ra roughness.
[0015] Another embodiment of the disclosure relates to a strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass for a consumer electronic product. In embodiments, the consumer electronic product includes a housing with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface. In embodiments, electrical components, including at least a controller, a memory, and a display, are provided at least partially internal to the housing. In embodiments, a glass-based layer or back glass is provided on or over the back surface of the housing. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or back glass includes a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or back glass includes an average thickness between the first major surface and second major surface of less than 2 mm. In embodiments, an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region. In embodiments, the first major surface and the second major surfaces are under compressive stress and the interior region is under tensile stress, and the compressive stress is greater than 150 MPa. In embodiments, a surface roughness of the first major surface is between 0.2 and 2.0 nm Ra roughness.
[0016] Another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a consumer electronic product including a strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass. In embodiments, the consumer electronic product includes a housing with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface. In embodiments, electrical components are provided at least partially internal to the housing. In embodiments, the electrical components include at least a display. In embodiments, the consumer electronic glass or cover glass is provided as or adjacent the front surface of the housing. In embodiments, the glass based layer or cover glass includes a first major surface and a second major surface separated by the thickness. In embodiments, the first major surface of the glass-based layer or cover glass is flat to 100 μπι total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm or less profile of the first major surface of the glass-based layer or cover glass. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or cover glass includes a glass material having a low temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of a CTE, a high temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of CCLCTE, an elastic modulus, expressed in GPa, of E, a strain temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tstram, and a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tsoft. In further embodiments, the first major surface of the second glass-based layer has a thermally induced surface compressive stress of less than 600 MPa and greater than soft * strain)] '
Figure imgf000008_0001
in units of MPa; wherein P} is given by 910.2 - 259.2 exp (- rr-^)
F V 0.143/ given by
Figure imgf000009_0001
and h is greater than or equal to 0.020 cal/s cm2 oC.
[0017] Yet another embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a consumer electronic product including a strengthened consumer electronic glass or cover glass. In embodiments, the consumer electronic product includes a housing with a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface. In embodiments, electrical components, including at least a controller, a memory, and a display, are provided at least partially internal to the housing. In embodiments, a glass-based layer or cover glass is provided at or adjacent the front surface of the housing. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or cover glass is provided at least partially over the display. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or cover glass includes a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween. In embodiments, the first major surface is flat to 100 μπι total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm or less profile of the first major surface. In embodiments, the glass-based layer cover glass includes a glass matieral having a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tsoft and an annealing temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tanneai, and a surface fictive temperature measured on the first major surface represented by Tfs, when expressed in units of °C. In embodiments, the glass-based layer or cover glass having a non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 6s given by {Tfs - Tanneai)l {Tsoft - Tanneai)- In embodiments, the parameter 6s is in the range of from 0.20 to 0.9.
[0018] Additional features and advantages will be set forth in the detailed description that follows, and, in part, will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art from the description or recognized by practicing the embodiments as described in the written description and claims hereof, as well as the appended drawings. [0019] It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are merely exemplary, and are intended to provide an overview or framework to understand the nature and character of the claims.
[0020] The accompanying drawings are included to provide a further understanding and are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification. The drawings illustrate one or more embodiments, and together with the description serve to explain principles and the operation of the various embodiments.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0021] FIG. 1 (Prior Art) is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness.
[0022] FIG. 2 (Prior Art) is a graph of blower power required for "full tempering" as a function of glass thickness for an old process or machine O and a newer process or machine N.
[0023] FIG. 3 (Prior Art) is a graph of the old curve O and the new curve N of FIG. 2 scaled to match and superimposed upon the graph of FIG. 1.
[0024] FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a consumer electronic/cover glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0025] FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of a thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass sheet or cover glass of FIG. 4 according an exemplary embodiment.
[0026] FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of estimated tensile stress versus thickness for a glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0027] FIG. 7 shows a portion of a fractured cover glass or glass-ceramic article according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0028] FIG. 8 is a plot of fragmentation per square centimeter as a function of positive tensile stress from experiment. [0029] FIG. 9 is a plot of the magnitude of negative tensile stress at the surface as a function of initial hot zone temperature from experiment, showing a threshold to achieve dicing.
[0030] FIG. 10 is a plot of the non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 0s for fictive temperatures obtained by one or more embodiments of methods and systems of the present invention.
[0031] FIG. 11 is a plot of surface compression stresses calculated by simulation for differing glass compositions, plotted against a proposed temperability parameter Ψ for the various compositions shown.
[0032] FIGS. 12 and 13 are graphs of two parameters Pi and P2 as functions of heat transfer coefficient h.
[0033] FIG. 14 is a graph of MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t of the sheet in millimeters, showing regions of performance newly opened by one or more embodiments of the systems and methods of the present disclosure.
[0034] FIG. 15 is a graph showing compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected exemplary embodiments of tempered glass sheets of the present disclosure.
[0035] FIG. 16 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of a method according to the present disclosure.
[0036] FIG. 17 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of another method according to the present disclosure.
[0037] FIG. 18 is the graph of FIG. 3 with a region R and points A, B, A' and B' marked thereon to show a region in which the methods and systems of the present disclosure allow operation, in contrast to the prior art.
[0038] FIG. 19 is another representation of the region R and points A, B, A' and B' of FIG. 18, but shown adjacent to (and positioned relative to the scale) of a reduced size copy of FIG. 2. [0039] FIG. 20 (Prior Art) is a graph of the required heat transfer coefficient needed for tempering as a function of glass thickness.
[0040] FIG. 21 is a diagrammatic cross-section of a glass sheet being cooled by conduction more than by convection, according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0041] FIG. 22 is a schematic cross-sectional diagram of a conductive strengthening system according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0042] FIG. 23 is a perspective cut-away view of another embodiment of a system similar to that of FIG. 22 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0043] FIG. 24 is a perspective cut-away view of an alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0044] FIG. 25 is a perspective cut-away view of yet another alternative embodiment of the inset feature of FIG. 23 according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0045] FIG. 26 is a flow chart illustrating some aspects of yet another method according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0046] FIG. 27 is a perspective view of a building with glass windows according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0047] FIG. 28 is a perspective view of a display on a countertop according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0048] FIG. 29 is an exploded perspective view of a consumer electronic device or product including glass or glass-ceramic articles according to an exemplary embodiment.
[0049] FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet according to an exemplary embodiment.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION [0050] Applicant has recognized a need for improvements in thermal processing of cover glass, both in methods and systems for thermally strengthening cover glass and the resulting thermally strengthened cover glass sheets themselves. For example, thinner, but strong optical- quality cover glass sheet materials and products comprising such cover glass sheets are useful for a number of applications, including portable electronic devices, consumer electronic products, cover glass, back glass, etc. Glass is very strong in compression but relatively weak against tension at the surface. By providing compression at the surface of a sheet, balanced by tension at the center where there is no exposed surface, the useful strength of a cover glass sheet is dramatically increased. However, while traditional thermal strengthening of cover glass is generally cheaper and faster relative to alternative methods of strengthening (e.g., chemical strengthening, lamination-based strengthening), traditional thermal strengthening of cover glass is not known to be effective for strengthening thin cover glass (e.g., cover glass sheets of 2-3 mm or less). Traditional thermal cover glass strengthening methods are typically thought to be limited to thicker cover glass sheets because the level of strengthening depends on the temperature difference created between the surface and the center of the cover glass sheet during quenching; and because of thermal conduction rate limitations of traditional strengthening methods, it is difficult to achieve significant temperature differences between the surface and the center of a thin cover glass sheet due to the relatively even cooling that typically occurs throughout a thin glass sheet.
[0051] On the other hand, strengthening thin cover glass through ion exchange can be time- consuming and cumbersome, such as requiring chemical bathing of the cover glass for extended periods of time. Laminating different types of cover glasses directly to one another may require complicated manufacturing processes, such as involving a dual-isopipe fusion draw.
[0052] Therefore, a need exists for cover glass or glass-ceramic articles having stress profiles that result in strengthening of the cover glass for a variety of uses such as in windows, countertops, devices, etc. made by processes that are less resource-intensive and/or cumbersome than conventional processes. Specifically, processes and systems discussed herein form cover glass articles having stress profiles that strengthen the exterior portions of the cover glass, which in turn act to mitigate cracking and damage while at the same time allowing for a variety of other desirable cover glass qualities (e.g., geometry, surface quality, transmittance of visible light, flexibility, etc.) to facilitate the use in various cover glass or consumer electronic product applications.
[0053] The present description provides improved methods and systems for utilizing thermal strengthening to produce highly strengthened cover glass materials, and in particular highly strengthened thin cover glass sheets. The methods and systems solve a variety of the limitations of conventional cover glass strengthening processes, allowing for high levels of strengthening in cover glass sheets with thicknesses less than about 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1.0 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than about 0.25 mm, and less than about 0.1 mm. In particular, Applicant has developed a system and method that provides a very high rate of thermal conduction forming a large enough temperature differential between the surface and center of a cover glass sheet to provide strengthening or tempering even in very thin cover glass sheets.
Overview of Conventional Thermal Tempering Technology and Limitations
[0054] Conventional industrial processes for thermally strengthening glass involve heating glass sheets in a radiant energy furnace or a convection furnace (or a "combined mode" furnace using both techniques) to a predetermined temperature, then gas cooling ("quenching"), typically via convection by blowing large amounts of ambient air against or along the glass surface. This gas cooling process is predominantly convective, whereby the heat transfer is by mass motion (collective movement) of the fluid, via diffusion and advection, as the gas carries heat away from the hot glass sheet.
[0055] In conventional tempering processes, certain factors can restrict the amount of strengthening typically consider possible in glass sheets, particularly thin glass sheets.
Limitations exist, in part, because the amount of compressive stress on the finished sheet is related directly to the size of the temperature differential between the surface and the center of the sheet, achieved during quenching. However, the larger the temperature differential during quenching, the more likely glass is to break during quenching. Breakage can be reduced, for a given rate of cooling, by starting the quench from a higher initial glass temperature. Also, higher starting temperatures typically allow the tempered glass sheet to achieve the full strengthening potential provided by high cooling rates. However, increasing the temperature of the sheet at the start of the quench also has its own potential drawbacks. For example, high initial glass temperatures can lead to excessive deformation of the sheet as it becomes softer, again limiting the practically achievable temperature differential.
[0056] In conventional tempering processes, sheet thickness also imposes significant limits on the achievable temperature differential during quenching. The thinner the sheet, the lower the temperature differential between the surface and the center for a given cooling rate during quenching. This is because there is less glass thickness to thermally insulate the center from the surface. Accordingly, thermal strengthening of thin glass typically requires higher cooling rates (as compared to thermal strengthening of thicker glass) and, thus, faster removal of heat from the external surfaces of the glass typically requires significant energy consumption in order to generate strengthening levels of differential temperature between the inner and outer portions of the glass sheet.
[0057] By way of example, FIG. 1 shows the power required by air blowers (in kilowatts per square meter of glass sheet area) employed to blow sufficient ambient air to "fully temper" soda- lime glass ("SLG"), as a function of glass thickness in millimeters, based on industry standard thermal strengthening processes developed 35 years ago. The power required increases exponentially as the glass used gets thinner. Thus, glass sheets of about 3 mm in thickness were the thinnest fully thermally tempered commercial glass available for many years.
[0058] Further, the thinner the sheet, the greater the likelihood of deformation at a given softness (that is, at a given viscosity) of the glass. Therefore, decreasing thickness both reduces the achievable temperature differential directly and, because of increased risk of deformation of the sheet, tends to reduce the opportunity to use higher sheet temperatures to achieve the full benefits of higher cooling rates and to prevent glass breakage caused by higher cooling rates. Thus, in conventional convective gas glass strengthening processes, higher rates of cooling are achieved by increasing the rate of air flow, decreasing the distance of air nozzle openings to the glass sheet surface, increasing the temperature of the glass (at the start of cooling), and optionally, decreasing the temperature of the cooling air.
[0059] As a more recent example, the performance curves of FIG. 2 (Prior Art) were published using state of the art glass thermal strengthening equipment. This improved equipment continues to use traditional air blown convective processes to cool the glass, but replaces rollers used to support the glass during heating with a system that utilizes air to support the glass during at least the last stages of heating. Without roller contact, the glass can be heated to higher temperatures (and higher softness / lower viscosity) prior to quenching, reportedly allowing the production of fully tempered glass at 2 mm thickness. As shown in FIG. 2, the reported blower power required to strengthen a 2 mm thick sheet is reduced from 1200 kW/m2 to 400 kW/m2 at the higher temperatures enabled by using air to support the glass (curve N) as compared to using rollers (curve O).
[0060] Although it represents progress to be able to produce fully tempered 2 mm thick glass, scaling the old and new curves O and N of FIG. 2 to match the scale of FIG. 1, as shown in FIG. 3 (Prior Art), shows that the improvement in performance achieved by the state of the art convective tempering process (shown in FIG. 2) is relatively small and simply an incremental change in the previous understanding of the energy needs in convective strengthening of glass sheets. In FIG. 3 the old and new curves O and N of FIG. 2 are scaled to match the graph of FIG. 1, and overlaid thereon (with the old curve O truncated at the top at 240 kW/m2 for easier viewing of the new curve N). From FIG. 3 it is apparent that the technology represented by the curve N changes only slightly the performance curve of convective gas quenching processes as glass thickness is decreased from 3 mm to 2 mm. The high operating point (400 kW/m2 of blower power for 2 mm glass) shows the extreme increase in power still required to process thinner glass by this method. The sharp increase in airflow and, thus, power needed suggests the difficulty, as a matter of both engineering practice and economics, in going below 2 mm thickness while producing fully tempered glass using conventional convective gas strengthening methods. Additionally, the very high airflows needed also could deform the shape of thinner sheets. Accordingly, to reach full temper of glass having a thickness of less than 2 mm or to reach full temper at 2 mm in glasses having coefficients of thermal expansion ("CTE") lower than that of soda-lime glasses using thermal tempering, Applicant has identified that another tempering method/system is needed.
[0061] Alternative thermal strengthening methods to current commercial convective gas strengthening have been tried as well, but each has certain drawbacks relative to convective gas strengthening. In particular, typical alternative thermal strengthening methods that achieve higher cooling rates generally require at least some liquid or solid contact with the glass surfaces, rather than gas contact only. Such contact with the glass sheet can adversely affect glass surface quality, glass flatness, and/or evenness of the strengthening process. These defects sometimes can be perceived by the human eye, particularly when viewed in reflected light. As described in more detail below, at least in some embodiments, the conductive thermal tempering system of the present disclosure reduces or eliminates such contact-related defects.
[0062] Liquid contact strengthening, in the form of immersion in liquid baths or flowing liquids, as well as in the form of spraying, has been used to achieve higher cooling rates than convective gas strengthening, but has the drawback of causing excessive thermal variations across a sheet during the cooling process. In immersion or immersion-like spraying or flowing of liquids, large thermal variations over small areas can occur due to convection currents that arise spontaneously within the liquid bath or liquid flow. In finer spraying, the discrete spray droplets and the effects of nozzle spray patterns also produce significant thermal variations. Excessive thermal variations tend to cause glass breakage during thermal strengthening by liquid contact, which can be mitigated by limiting the cooling rates, but limiting cooling rates also lowers the resulting strengths that can be achieved. Further, the necessary handling of the sheet (to position or hold it within the liquid bath or liquid flow or liquid spray) also causes physical stress and excessive thermal variations from physical contact with the sheet, tending also to cause breakage during strengthening and limiting the cooling rates and resulting strengths. Finally, some liquid cooling methods, such as high cooling rate quenching by oil immersion and various spraying techniques, can alter the glass surface during such cooling, requiring later removal of glass material from the sheet surface to produce a satisfactory finish. [0063] Solid contact thermal strengthening involves contacting the surface of the hot glass with a cooler solid surface. As with liquid contact strengthening, excessive thermal variations, like those seen in liquid contact strengthening, can easily arise during the quenching process. Any imperfection in the surface finish of the glass sheet, in the quenching surfaces, or in the consistency of the thickness of the sheet, results in imperfect contact over some area of the sheet, and this imperfect contact may cause large thermal variations that tend to break the glass during processing and may also cause unwanted birefringence if the sheet survives. Additionally, contacting the hot glass sheet with a solid object can lead to the formation of surface defects, such as chips, checks, cracks, scratches, and the like. Achieving good physical contact over the entirety of the surfaces of a glass sheet also can become increasing difficult as the dimensions of the sheet increase. Physical contact with a solid surface also can mechanically stress the sheet during quenching, adding to the likelihood of breaking the sheet during the process. Further, the extreme high rate temperature changes at the initiation of contact can cause breakage during sheet processing and, as such, contact cooling of thin glass substrates has not been commercially viable.
Overview of Applicant's Thermally Strengthened Cover Glass and Related Conductive
Cooling Process and Method
[0064] The present disclosure surpasses the traditional processes described above to effectively, efficiently, and evenly thermally strengthen thin cover glass sheets at commercial scales without generating various flaws common in conventional processes, e.g., without damaging the surface of the cover glass, without inducing birefringence, without uneven strengthening, and/or without causing unacceptable breakage, etc. Previously unobtainable, thin, thermally tempered/strengthened cover glass sheets can be produced by one or more of the embodiments disclosed herein. The systems and processes discussed herein accomplish this by providing very high heat transfer rates in a precise manner, with good physical control and gentle handling of the cover glass. In particular embodiments, the processes and systems discussed herein utilize a small-gap, gas bearing in the cooling/quenching section that Applicant has identified as allowing for processing thin cover glass sheets at higher relative temperatures at the start of cooling, resulting in higher thermal strengthening levels. As described below, this small- gap, gas bearing cooling/quenching section achieves very high heat transfer rates via conductive heat transfer to heat sink(s) across the gap, rather than using high air flow based convective cooling. This high rate conductive heat transfer is achieved while not contacting the cover glass with liquid or solid material, by supporting the cover glass on gas bearings within the gap. As described below, Applicant has also identified that, in at least some embodiments, the processes and systems discussed herein form thermally strengthened cover glass, specifically thermally strengthened thin cover glass (e.g, for consumer electronic products), having one or more unique properties.
[0065] Some embodiments of cover glass sheets treated by methods and/or systems according to the present disclosure have higher levels of permanent thermally induced stresses than previously known. Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the achieved levels of thermally induced stress are obtainable for a combination of reasons. The high uniformity of the heat transfer in the processes detailed herein reduces or removes physical and unwanted thermal stresses in the cover glass, allowing consumer electronic glass sheets to be tempered at higher heat transfer rates without breaking. Further, the present methods can be performed at lower glass sheet viscosities (higher initial temperatures at the start of quench), while still preserving the desired cover glass flatness and form, which provides a much greater change in temperature in the cooling process, thus increasing the heat strengthening levels achieved.
Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet
[0066] As noted above, Applicant has developed a system and process for forming thermally strengthened cover glass sheets, particularly thin cover glass sheets, and as discussed in this section, the thermally strengthened, thin cover glass sheets formed as discussed herein have one or more unique properties and/or combinations of properties, previously unachievable through conventional thermal or other tempering methods. The thermally tempered cover glass or consumer electronic glass of the present disclosure may be used in a variety of consumer electronic products (e.g., computers, tablets, personal handheld devices, touch sensitive displays, household appliances, mobile phones, portable media players, televisions, notebook computers, watches, tablet computers, etc.). Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet Structure and Dimensions
[0067] Referring to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5, a thermally strengthened cover glass sheet having a high surface compressive stress and/or a high central tension is shown according to an exemplary embodiment. FIG. 4 shows a perspective view of a thermally strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic article or sheet 500, and FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic partial cross-section of thermally strengthened cover glass sheet 500 according to one or more embodiments.
[0068] As shown in FIG. 4, a strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 500 (e.g., sheet, beam, plate), includes a first major surface 510, a second major surface 520 (dotted line to back side of the sheet 500, which may be translucent as disclosed herein), and a body 522 extending therebetween. The second major surface 520 is on an opposite side of the body 522 from the first major surface 510 such that a thickness t of the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a distance between the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, where the thickness t is also a dimension of depth. A width, w, of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a first dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to the thickness t. A length, /, of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is defined as a second dimension of one of the first or second major surfaces 510, 520 orthogonal to both the thickness t and the width w.
[0069] In exemplary embodiments, thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 is less than length / of cover glass sheet 500. In other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 is less than width w of cover glass sheet 500. In yet other exemplary embodiments, thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 is less than both length / and width w of cover glass sheet 500. As shown in FIG. 5, cover glass sheet 500 further has regions of permanent thermally induced compressive stress 530 and 540 at and/or near the first and second major surfaces 510, 520, balanced by a region of permanent thermally induced central tensile stress 550 (i.e., tension) in the central portion of the sheet.
[0070] The methods and systems may be used to form strengthened cover glass sheets having a wide variety of thickness ranges. In various embodiments, thickness t of cover glass sheet 500 ranges from 0.1 mm to 5.7 or 6.0 mm, including, in addition to the end point values, 0.2 mm, 0.28 mm, 0.4 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.55 mm, 0.7 mm, 1 mm, 1.1 mm, 1.5 mm, 1.8 mm, 2 mm, and 3.2 mm. Contemplated embodiments include thermally strengthened cover glass sheets 500 having thicknesses t in ranges from 0.1 to 20 mm, from 0.1 to 16 mm, from 0.1 to 12 mm, from 0.1 to 8 mm, from 0.1 to 6 mm, from 0.1 to 4 mm, from 0.1 to 3 mm, from 0.1 to 2 mm, from 0.1 to less than 2 mm, from 0.1 to 1.5 mm, from 0.1 to 1 mm, from 0.1 to 0.7 mm, from 0.1 to 0.5 mm and from 0.1 to 0.3 mm.
[0071] In some embodiments, cover glass sheets of 3 mm or less in thickness are used. In some embodiments, the cover glass thickness is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 8 mm or less, about 6 mm or less, about 3 mm or less, about 2.5 mm or less, about 2 mm or less, about 1.8 mm or less, about 1.6 mm or less, about 1.4 mm or less, about 1.2 mm or less, about 1 mm or less, about 0.8 mm or less, about 0.7 mm or less, about 0.6 mm or less, about 0.5 mm or less, about 0.4 mm or less, about 0.3 mm or less, or about 0.28 mm or less.
[0072] In some embodiments, thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have high aspect ratios - i.e., the length and width to thickness ratios are large. Because the thermal tempering processes discussed herein do not rely on high pressures or large volumes of air, various cover glass sheet properties, such as surface roughness and flatness, can be maintained after tempering by the use of gas bearings and high thermal transfer rate systems discussed herein. Similarly, the thermal tempering processes discussed herein allow high aspect ratio cover glass sheets (i.e., cover glass sheets with high ratio of length to thickness, or of width to thickness, or both) to be thermally strengthened while retaining the desired or necessary shape. Specifically, sheets with length to thickness and/or width to thickness ratios ("aspect ratios") of approximately at least 10: 1, at least 20: 1, and up to and over 1000: 1 can be strengthened. In contemplated
embodiments, sheets with aspect ratios of at least 200: 1, at least 500: 1, at least 1000: 1, at least 2000: 1, at least 4000: 1 can be strengthened.
[0073] According to an exemplary embodiment, the length / of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the width w, such as greater than twice the width w, greater than five times the width w, and/or no more than fifty times the width w. In some such embodiments, the width w of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is greater than or equal to the thickness t, such as greater than twice the thickness t, greater than five times the thickness t, and/or no more than fifty times the thickness t.
[0074] In some embodiments, such as for applications disclosed with regard to FIGS. 27-30 discussed below, for example, the length / of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m. In some such embodiments, the width w of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 is at least 1 cm, such as at least 3 cm, at least 5 cm, at least 7.5 cm, at least 20 cm, at least 50 cm, and/or no more than 50 m, such as no more than 10 m, no more than 7.5 m, no more than 5 m. Referring to FIG. 4, cover glass or glass-ceramic is in the form a sheet 500 has a thickness t that is thinner than 5 cm, such as 2.5 cm or less, 1 cm or less, 5 mm or less, 2.5 mm or less, 2 mm or less, 1.7 mm or less, 1.5 mm or less, 1.2 mm or less, or even 1 mm or less in contemplated embodiments, such as 0.8 mm or less; and/or the thickness t is at least 10 μπι, such as at least 50 μπι, at least 100 μπι, at least 300 μπι.
[0075] In other contemplated embodiments, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article may be sized other than as disclosed herein. In contemplated embodiments, the length /, width w, and/or thickness t of the cover glass or glass-ceramic articles may vary, such as for more complex geometries (see generally FIG. 30), where dimensions disclosed herein at least apply to aspects of the corresponding cover glass or glass-ceramic articles having the above-described definitions of length /, width w, and thickness t with respect to one another.
[0076] In some embodiments, at least one of the first or second surfaces 510, 520 of cover glass sheet 500 has a relatively large surface area. In various embodiments, first and/or second surfaces 510, 520 having areas of at least 100 mm2, such as at least 900 mm2, at least 2500 mm2, at least 5000 mm2, at least 100 cm2, at least 900 cm2, at least 2500 cm2, at least 5000 cm2, and/or no more than 2500 m2, such as no more than 100 m2, no more than 5000 cm2, no more than 2500 cm2, no more than 1000 cm2, no more than 500 cm2, no more than 100 cm2. As such, the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may have a relatively large surface area; which, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, may be difficult or impossible to thermally strengthen particularly while having the thicknesses, surface qualities, and/or strain homogeneities of the cover glass sheets discussed herein. Further, except by methods and systems disclosed herein, it may be difficult or impossible to achieve the stress profile, particularly the negative tensile stress portion of the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6), without relying upon ion-exchange or a change in the type of cover glass.
Thermally Strengthened Cover Glass Sheet Compressive and Tensile Stresses
[0077] As noted above, the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets discussed herein may have surprisingly high surface compressive stresses, e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5, surprisingly high central tensile stresses, e.g., in region 550 shown in FIG. 5, and/or unique stress profiles (see FIG. 6). This is particularly true considering the low thickness and/or other unique physical properties (e.g., very low roughness, high degree of flatness, various optical properties, fictive temperature properties, etc.) of cover glass sheet 500 as discussed herein.
[0078] Compressive stresses of cover glasses (e.g., in regions 530, 540 shown in FIG. 5) formed by the processes and systems disclosed herein can vary as a function of thickness t of the cover glasses. In various embodiments, cover glasses, e.g., cover glass sheet 500, having a thickness of 3 mm or less have a compressive stress (e.g., surface compressive stress) of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, cover glasses having a thickness of 2 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 350 MPa, at least 400 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, cover glasses having a thickness of 1.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100-MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300-MPa, at least 350 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, cover glasses having a thickness of 1 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, cover glasses having a thickness of 0.5 mm or less have a compressive stress of at least 50 MPa, at least 80 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 175 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, and/or no more than 1 GPa.
[0079] In some embodiments, the thermally induced central tension in cover glasses formed by the processes and systems disclosed herein (e.g., in the region 550 shown in FIG. 5) may be greater than 40 MPa, greater than 50 MPa, greater than 75 MPa, greater than 100 MPa. In other embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be less than 300 MPa, or less than 400 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally induced central tension may be from about 50 MPa to about 300 MPa, about 60 MPa to about 200 MPa, about 70 MPa to about 150 MPa, or about 80 MPa to about 140 MPa. In some embodiments, the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have high thinness i.e., are particularly thin. Because very high-heat transfer rates can be applied via the systems and methods discussed herein, significant thermal effects, for example central tensions of at least 10 or even at least 20 MPa, can be produced in sheets of SLG of less than 0.3 mm thickness. In fact, very thin sheets, sheets at least as thin as 0.1 mm, can be thermal strengthened. Specific levels of thermal stresses achieved and achievable, considered as a function of thickness and other variables, are described in further detail herein.
[0080] Referring to FIG. 6, a conceptual stress profile 560, at room temperature of 25° C and standard atmospheric pressure, of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 of FIG. 4, shows an interior portion 550 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 under positive tensile stress and portions 530, 540 of the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550 under negative tensile stress (e.g., positive compressive stress). Applicant believes that the negative tensile stress at least in part fortifies the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 by limiting initiation and/or propagation of cracks therethrough.
[0081] Believed unique to the present inventive technology, given relatively large surface areas and/or thin thicknesses of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 as disclosed herein, tensile stress in the stress profile 560 sharply transitions between the positive tensile stress of the interior portion 550 and the negative tensile stress of the portions 530, 540 exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550. This sharp transition may be understood as a rate of change (i.e., slope) of the tensile stress which may be expressed as a magnitude of stress (e.g., 100 MPa, 200 MPa, 250 MPa, 300 MPa, 400 MPa, a difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses +σ, -σ) divided by a distance of thickness over which the change occurs, such as a distance of 1 mm, such as a distance of 500 μπι, 250 μπι, 100 μιη (which is the distance used to quantify a rate of change, which may be a portion of article thickness, and not necessarily a dimension of the article geometry). In some such embodiments, the rate of change of the tensile stress does not exceed 7000 MPa divided by 1 mm, such as no more than 5000 MPa divided by 1 mm. In contemplated embodiments, the difference in peak values of the positive and negative tensile stresses is at least 50 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa, and/or no more than 50 GPa. In contemplated embodiments, the cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 has a peak negative tensile stress of at least 50 MPa in magnitude, such as at least 100 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, at least 400 MPa, at least 500 MPa. The steep tensile curve transitions generated by the system and method discussed herein are believed to be indicative of the ability to achieve higher magnitudes of negative tensile stress at a surface of a cover glass sheet for a given thickness and/or to manufacture thinner cover glass articles to a higher degree of negative tensile stress, such as to achieve a fragmentation potential for dicing as disclosed herein. Conventional thermal tempering approaches may be unable to achieve such steep tensile stress curves.
[0082] According to an exemplary embodiment, the high rate of change of tensile stress is at least one of the above-described magnitudes or greater sustained over a thickness-wise stretch of the stress profile 560 that is at least 2% of the thickness, such as at least 5% of the thickness, at least 10% of the thickness, at least 15%> of the thickness, or at least 25% of the thickness of cover glass sheet 500. In contemplated embodiments, the strengthening extends deep into the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 such that the thickness-wise stretch with the high rate of change of tensile stress is centered at a depth of between 20% and 80% into the thickness from the first surface, which may further distinguish chemical tempering for example.
[0083] In at least some contemplated embodiments, the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic article includes a change in the composition thereof in terms of ion content, conceptually shown as dotted line 562 in FIG. 6. More specifically, the composition of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 500 in such embodiments includes exchanged or implanted ions that influence the stress profile 560. In some such embodiments, the exchanged or implanted ions do not extend fully through the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic article 500 under the negative tensile stress because the negative tensile stress is also a result of the thermal tempering as disclosed herein.
[0084] Accordingly, the curve of the tensile stress profile 560 with ion exchange strength augmentation includes a discontinuity or sudden change 564 in direction where tangents of the curve differ from one another on either side of the discontinuity or sudden change 564. The sudden change 564 is located within the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress such that the tensile stress is negative on either side immediately adjacent to the discontinuity or sudden change 564. The discontinuity or sudden change 564 may correspond to the depth of the different ion content, however in some such embodiments other parts of the portions 530, 540 under negative tensile stress still have the same composition in terms of ion content as the portion 550 under positive tensile stress.
[0085] Put another way, for at least some strengthened cover glass or glass ceramic articles 500, with or without ion-exchange or implantation, the composition of at least a part of the portions 530, 540 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500, which is under the negative tensile stress and is exterior to and adjoining the interior portion 550, is the same as the composition of at least a part of the interior portion 550, which is under the positive tensile stress. In such embodiments, at least some of the negative tensile stress of the stress profile is independent of a change in the composition (e.g., ion composition) of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500. Such structure may simplify the composition of the
strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 at least to a degree by providing sufficient strength without and/or with less chemical tempering. Further, such structure may reduce stress concentrations within the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 due to
discontinuity/changes in composition, possibly reducing chances of delamination and/or cracking at the composition discontinuity. Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet Break Performance
[0086] If sufficient energy is stored in the region of tensile stress 550, the cover glass will break like safety glass or "dice" when sufficiently damaged. As used herein, a cover glass sheet is considered to dice when an area of the cover glass sheet 25 cm2 breaks into 40 or more pieces. In some embodiments, dicing is used as a qualitative measure of showing that the cover glass sheet is "fully tempered" (i.e., for 2 mm or thicker cover glass, where the cover glass sheet has a compressive stress of at least 65 MPa or an edge compression of at least 67 MPa). In various embodiments, cover glass sheet 500 has sufficient tensile stress in region of tensile stress 550 such that a 25 cm2 piece of cover glass sheet 500 breaks into 40 or more pieces.
[0087] Referring to FIG. 7, a cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610, having properties as disclosed herein with respect to the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets, such as sheet 500, has been fractured, such as using a prick punch or other instrument and/or generally in accordance with American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z97.1 (impact test) and the ASTM 1048 standard. According to an exemplary embodiment, the cover glass or glass ceramic article 610 has been strengthened to a degree that dicing has occurred upon the fracture, forming a plurality of small granular chunks 616 (e.g., fragments, pieces). In some embodiments, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 has a thermally-induced stress sufficient to produce a number of granular chunks 616 that is not less than 40 within an area of 50-by-50 mm of the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 in a fragmentation test in which an impact is applied with a hammer or a punch to initiate cracking of the cover glass into granular pieces. A standard office thumb tack 612, with a metal pin length 614 of about 1 cm is shown for reference.
[0088] According to various contemplated embodiments, despite the thin thickness of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610, the stress profile (see generally FIG. 6) imparts a high fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 such that when fractured the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly small granular chunks 616, those having an area on either the first or second surface of less than 90 mm2, such as less than 50 mm2, such as less than 20 mm2, such as less than 10 mm2, such as less than 5 mm2, and/or at least 10 μπι2. In some such embodiments, the fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that at least 20% (e.g., at least 50%, at least 70%, at least 95%) of the granular chunks 616 have an area of at least one of the first or second surfaces of one of the above-described amounts when the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article is fractured.
[0089] Due at least in part to the particularly thin geometry of the cover glass or glass- ceramic article 610 that may be manufactured with the tensile stresses as disclosed herein using the inventive technology in some embodiments, the fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into particularly low-volume granular chunks, those having a volume of less than 50 mm3, such as less than 40 mm3, such as less than 30 mm3, such as less than 25 mm3, and/or at least a volume of 50 μπι3.
[0090] Due at least in part to the particularly large area of the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 that may be manufactured with the tensile stresses as disclosed herein using the inventive technology in some embodiments, the fragmentation potential of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 is such that, when fractured, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610 shatters into at least 100 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 μπι3 in volume, such as at least 200, at least 400, at least 1000, at least 4000 granular chunks 616 of at least of 50 μπι3 in volume.
[0091] Referring now to FIG. 8 and FIG. 9, experiments were performed on 1.1 mm thick glass sheets of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight, and strengthened using the equipment and processes disclosed herein. As shown in FIG. 8, the number of granular chunks 616 per square centimeter of the glass has been found to be generally related to the magnitude of positive tensile stress at the center of the respective cover glass or glass-ceramic article 610. Similarly, as shown in FIG. 9, the fragmentation potential of the respective cover glass or glass- ceramic article 610 has also been found to be related to temperature of the glass in the hot zone (see e.g., FIG. 21, FIG. 22 and FIG. 23) and the calculated expected heat transfer coefficient (h) in units of cal/cms»°C (SI units watt/m°K) effectively applied to the cover glass surfaces during quenching, based on size of the gap between the glass sheet surfaces and the heat sink / gas bearing during quenching and on the thermal conductivity of the gas used in the gap.
Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet Fictive Temperature
[0092] In various embodiments, the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein (e.g., cover glass sheet 500) have high fictive
temperatures. It will be understood that in various embodiments, high fictive temperatures of the cover glass materials discussed herein relate to the high level of tempering, high central tensile stresses and/or high compressive surface stress of cover glass sheet 500. Surface fictive temperatures may be determined by any suitable method, including differential scanning calorimetry, Brillouin spectroscopy, or Raman spectroscopy.
[0093] According to an exemplary embodiment, the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature, such as at least 500° C, such as at least 600° C, or even at least 700° C in some embodiments, such as for soda-lime glass. According to an exemplary embodiment, the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 has a portion thereof, such as at or near the first and/or second surfaces 510, 520, that has a particularly high fictive temperature relative to annealed glass of the same chemical composition, such as at least 10° C greater, at least 30° C greater, at least 50° C greater, at least 70° C greater, or even at least 100° C greater. High fictive temperature may be achieved by the presently disclosed inventive technology at least in part due to the rapid transition from the hot to the cooling zones in the strengthening system (see e.g., FIG. 21, FIG. 22 and FIG. 23). Applicant believes that high fictive temperature may correspond or relate to increased damage resistance of glass.
[0094] In some methods of determining surface fictive temperatures, it may be necessary to break the glass to relieve the "temper stresses" induced by the heat strengthening process in order to measure fictive temperature with reasonably accuracy. It is well known that
characteristic structure bands measured by Raman spectroscopy shift in a controlled manner both with respect to the fictive temperature and with respect to applied stress in silicate glasses. This shift can be used to non-destructively measure the fictive temperature of a thermally strengthened cover glass sheet if the temper stress is known.
[0095] Referring generally to FIG. 10, determination of fictive temperature for several exemplary cover glass articles is shown. Stress effects on the Raman spectrum of silica glass are reported in D.R Tallant, T.A. Michalske, and W.L. Smith, "The effects of tensile stress on the Raman spectrum of silica glass," J. Non-Cryst. Solids, 106 380-383 (1988). Commercial glasses of 65 wt. % silica or more have substantially the same response. Although the reported stress response is for uniaxial stress, in the case of a unibiaxial stress state such as that which is observed in tempered glass, σχχ = oyy, the peak can be expected to shift by twice that expected by a uniaxial stress. The peak near 1090 cm"1 in soda-lime glass and in glass 2 corresponds to the 1050 cm"1 peak observed in silica glass. The effects of stress on the 1050 cm"1 peak in silica, and on the corresponding peak in SLG and other silicate glasses can be expressed, as a function of stress σ in MPa, by equation a) ro(cm_1) = 1054.93 - 0.00232 σ.
[0096] A calibration curve was produced of Raman band positions as a function of the fictive temperature for SLG and another glass, glass 2. Glass samples were heat-treated for various times, 2-3 times longer than the structural relaxation times calculated by τ = 10*n/G, where η is the viscosity, and G the shear modulus. After heat-treatment, the glasses were quenched in water to freeze the fictive temperature at the heat-treatment temperature. The glass surfaces were then measured by micro Raman at 50x magnification and a 1-2 μπι spot size using a 442 nm laser, 10-30 s exposure time, and 100% power, over the range of 200-1800 cm"1. The position of the peak at 1000-1200 cm"1 was fit using computer software, Renishaw WiRE version 4.1, in this case. A good fit of the 1090 cm"1 Raman peak measured in SLG on the air side as a function of fictive temperature Tf (in °C) is given by equation b) ro(cm_1) = 1110.66 - 0.0282 Tf. For glass 2, a good fit is given by equation c) ro(cm_1) = 1102.00 - 0.0231 Tf
[0097] Using the relationships established in equations a), b), and c), it is possible to express the fictive temperature of the cover glass as a function of a measured Raman peak position with a correction factor due to surface compressive stress. A compressive stress of 100 MPa, oc, shifts the Raman band position equivalent to approximately a 15 to 20 degree Celsius reduction in the fictive temperature. The following equation is applicable to SLG: x) - lllO.ee^cm-1)
7>(°C) = + 2 [0.082 * ac(MPa)] (1)
cm 1
0.0282(3^-)
The equation applicable to glass 2 is: x) - 1102(cm-1)
7>(°C) = + 2 [0.0996 * ac(MPa)] (2)
0.0231(3^-)
[0098] In these equations, ω is the measured peak wavenumber for the peak near 1090
Gc is the surface compressive stress measured by any suitable technique, yielding stress-corrected measurement of Active temperature in °C.As a demonstration of increased damage resistance related to the determined fictive temperature, four glass sheet samples were prepared, two 6 mm soda-lime glass (SLG) sheets by conventional tempering methods to approximately 70 and 110 MPa surface compressive stress (CS), and two 1.1 mm SLG sheets by the methods and systems disclosed herein to about the same levels of CS. Two additional sheets, one of each thickness were used as controls. The surfaces of each test sheet were subjected to standard Vickers indentation. Various levels of force were applied, for 15 seconds each, and after a 24 hour wait, indentations were each examined. As shown in Table I, the 50% cracking threshold (defined as the load at which the average number of cracks appearing is two out of the four points of the indenter at which cracks tend to initiate) was determined for each sample.
[0099] Table I shows that the Vickers crack initiation threshold for SLG processed by conventional convective gas tempering (as reflected in the 6 mm sheet) is essentially the same as that for annealed or as-delivered SLG sheets, rising from between zero and one newton (N) to about one to less than two newtons. This correlates with the relatively modest rise in surface fictive temperature (TfS or Tfsurface) of -25 to 35 °C relative to glass transition temperature (Tg = 550° C for SLG, defined as η=1012"13 Poise) that was provided by conventional tempering. In contrast, by tempering using the present methods and systems, the Vickers crack initiation threshold improved to greater than 10 N, a 10-fold increase over the Vickers damage resistance imparted by conventional tempering. In the embodied glasses, the Τ¾ minus Tg was at least 50°C, or at least 75°C, or at least 90°C, or in the range of from approximately 75°C to 100°C. Even in embodiments comprising lower levels of heat strengthening, the embodied glasses can still provide increased resistance, at levels such as 5 N, for instance. In certain contemplated embodiments, the 50% cracking threshold after a 15 second Vickers crack initiation test may be equal to or greater than 5 N, 10 N, 20 N, or 30 N.
Figure imgf000032_0001
[00100] The following non-dimensional fictive temperature parameter Θ can be used to compare the relative performance of a thermal strengthening process in terms of the fictive temperature produced. Given in terms of surface fictive temperature 6s in this case: θ$ (Tj - Tanneaj)l(Tsoft - Ί anneal) (3) where Τβ is the surface fictive temperature, Ί anneal (the temperature of the glass at a viscosity of η=1013 2 Poise) is the annealing point and Tsoft(t e temperature of the glass at a viscosity of n=107 6 Poise) is the softening point of the glass of the sheet. FIG. 10 is a plot of 9s for measured surface fictive temperatures as a function of heat transfer rate, h, applied during thermal strengthening for two different glasses. As shown in FIG. 10, the results for the two different glasses overlie each other fairly closely. This means that parameter Θ provides a means to compare the fictive temperatures of different glasses compared directly, in relation to the heat transfer rate h required to produce them. The vertical range of results at each h corresponds to variation in the value of T0, the initial temperature at the start of quenching. In embodiments, parameter 6s comprises from about (e.g., plus or minus 10%) 0.2 to about 0.9, or 0.21 to 0.09, or 0.22 to 0.09, or 0.23 to 0.09, or 0.24 to 0.09, or 0.25 to 0.09, or 0.30 to 0.09, or 0.40 to 0.09, or 0.5 to 0.9, or 0.51 to 0.9, or 0.52 to 0.9, or 0.53 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.54 to 0.9, or 0.55 to 0.9, or 0.6 to 0.9, or even 0.65 to 0.9. Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet Temperability Parameter
[00101] In various embodiments, the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets formed by the systems and methods discussed herein (e.g., cover glass sheet 500) have a high temperability and/or heat transfer value. The "specific thermal stress" of a glass is given by:
where is the (low temperature linear) CTE of the glass, E is the modulus of elasticity of the glass material and μ is Poisson's ratio of the glass material. This value is used to indicate the level of stress produced within a given glass composition when subjected to a temperature gradient. It may also be used as an estimator of thermal "temperability." At higher thermal transfer rates (such as at about 800 W/m2K and above, for example), however, the high temperature or "liquidus" CTE of the glass begins to affect tempering performance. Therefore, under such conditions, the temperability parameter Ψ, based on an approximation of integration over the changing CTE values across the viscosity curve, is found to be useful:
Figure imgf000033_0001
where a CTE is the low temperature linear CTE (equivalent to the average linear expansion coefficient from 0-300°C for the glass), expressed in 1/°C (°C_1) , L TE is the high temperature linear CTE (equivalent to the high-temperature plateau value which is observed to occur somewhere between the glass transition and softening point), expressed in 1/°C (°C_1), E is the elastic modulus of the glass, expressed in GPa (not MPa) (which allows values of the (non- dimensional) parameter Ψ\ο> range generally between 0 and 1), Tstram is the strain point temperature of the glass, (the temperature of the glass at a viscosity of η=1014 7 Poise) expressed in °C, and Tsoft is the softening point of the glass (the temperature of the glass at a viscosity of η=107 6 Poise), expressed in °C.
[00102] The thermal strengthening process and resulting surface compressive stresses were modeled for glasses having varying properties to determine the tempering parameter, Ψ. The glasses were modeled at the same starting viscosity of 108 2 Poise and at varying heat transfer coefficients. The properties of the various glasses are shown in Table II, together with the temperature for each glass at 108 2 Poise and the calculated value of the temperability parameter Ψ for each.
TABLE II
Figure imgf000034_0001
[00103] The results in Table II show that Wis proportional to the thermal strengthening performance of the glass. This correlation is further shown in FIG. 1 1, which provides an embodied example for a high heat transfer rate (a heat transfer coefficient of 2093 W/m2K (0.05 cal/s cm2 oC)) and a glass sheet thickness of only 1 mm. As seen in the figure, the variation in the seven differing glasses' resulting compressive stress correlates well with the variation in the proposed temperability parameter Ψ.
Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet Heat Transfer Coefficient and Relation to Surface
Compressive Stress and Central Tension Stress
[00104] In another aspect, it has been found that for any glass, at any given value of the heat transfer coefficient, h (expressed in cal/cm2-s-°C), the curves of surface compressive stress crcs, in MPa) vs. thickness (t, in mm) can be fit (over the range of t from 0 to 6 mm) by the hyperbola, where Pi and P2 are functions of h such that: acs(Glass, h, t) = C(h, t) * (Glass) = r r . * Ψ (Glass) (6)
(P2(A) + t) or with the expression for ^ substituted in, the curve of compressive stress ocs (Glass, h,t) is given by:
P^h * t s L ( x\
(P (h) + t) ' ^ ' ^strain ' acTE aCTE ' ( Tsoft ~ Tstrain) (7) where the constants Pi, P2, in either (6) or (7) above, are each continuous functions of the heat transfer value, h, given by: h
910.2 - 259.2 - exp (-—) (8) and
Figure imgf000035_0001
The constants Pi, P2, are graphed as functions of h in FIGS. 12 and 13, respectively.
Accordingly, by using a value of Pi, for a given h and the corresponding P2, for that same h in expression (6) or (7) above, a curve is specified corresponding to the surface compressive stress (CS) obtainable at that h, as a function of thickness t.
[00105] In some embodiments, a similar expression may be used to predict the central tension (CT) of a thermally strengthened cover glass sheet, particularly at a thickness of 6 mm and less, and the thermal transfer coefficient, such as 800 W/m2K and up, by simply dividing the compressive stress predicted under the same conductions by 2. Thus, expected central tension may be given by (10)
Figure imgf000035_0002
Where Pier and P2CT are given as follows: P1CT = 910.2 - 259.2 exp (-^) (11) and
Figure imgf000036_0001
In some embodiments, h and her, may have the same value for a given physical instance of thermal strengthening. However, in some embodiments, they may vary, and providing separate variables and allowing variation between them allows for capturing, within descriptive performance curves, instances in which the typical ratio of 2: 1 CS/CT does not hold.
[00106] One or more embodiments of the currently disclosed processes and systems have produced thermally strengthened SLG sheets at all of the heat transfer rate values (h and her) shown in Table III.
Table III
h and her values according to exemplary embodiments cal/s cm oC W/m K cal/s cm oC W/m K cal/s cm oC W/m K
0.010 418.68 0.042 1758.456 0.070 2930.76
0.013 544.284 0.045 1884.06 0.071 2972.628
0.018 753.624 0.047 1967.796 0.078 3265.704
0.019 795.492 0.048 2009.664 0.080 3349.44
0.020 837.36 0.049 2051.532 0.081 3391.308
0.021 879.228 0.050 2093.4 0.082 3433.176
0.022 921.096 0.051 2135.268 0.095 3977.46
0.023 962.964 0.052 2177.136 0.096 4019.328
0.027 1130.436 0.053 2219.004 0.102 4270.536
0.028 1172.304 0.054 2260.872 0.104 4354.272
0.029 1214.172 0.055 2302.74 0.105 4396.14
0.030 1256.04 0.060 2512.08 0.127 5317.236
0.031 1297.908 0.061 2553.948 0.144 6028.992
0.033 1381.644 0.062 2595.816 0.148 6196.464
0.034 1423.512 0.063 2637.684 0.149 6238.332 0.038 1590.984 0.065 2721.42 0.184 7703.712
0.040 1674.72 0.067 2805.156
0.041 1716.588 0.069 2888.892
[00107] In some embodiments, the heat transfer value rates (h and her) may be from about 0.024 to about 0.15, about 0.026 to about 0.10, or about 0.026 to about 0.075 cal/s cm2 oC.
[00108] FIG. 14 shows the newly opened performance space in MPa of surface compression of a glass sheet as a function of thickness t (in mm), by a graph of C(h, t) W(SLG) for selected values of h according to equations 6-9 above, with W(SLG) corresponding to the value of Ψ ϊοχ SLG in Table II. The traces labeled GC represent the estimated range of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets achievable by gas convective tempering, from 0.02 cal/s cm2 oC (or 840 W/m2K) to 0.03 cal/s cm2 oC or 1250 W/m2K, assuming that these levels of heat transfer coefficient can be employed in that process at a heated glass viscosity of 108 2 Poises or about 704°C, a temperature above the capability of convective gas processes.
[00109] Examples of highest reported sheet CS values based on gas convective tempering processes are shown by the triangle markers labeled Gas in the legend. The value 601 represents advertised product performance capability of commercial equipment, while the value 602 is based on an oral report at a glass processing conference. The trace labeled LC represents the curve of maximum stresses versus thinness of SLG sheets estimated to be achievable by liquid contact tempering, given by a heat transfer rate h of 0.0625 cal/s cm2 oC (or about 2600
W/m2K), also assuming processing at an initial heated glass viscosity of 108 2 Poises or about 704°C. Examples of highest reported sheet CS values based on liquid contact tempering processes are shown by the circle markers labeled Liquid in the legend. The higher of the two values at 2 mm thickness is based on a report of tempering of a borosilicate cover glass sheet, and the stress achieved has been scaled for the figure by { WSLG)I{ borosilicate) for scaled direct comparison.
[00110] The trace labeled 704 represents stresses achievable by one or more embodiments of the presently disclosed methods and systems at a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm2 oC (or about 8370 W/m2K) and an initial temperature, just before quenching, of 704 °C. The level of stress on the cover glass sheet thus achievable represents almost the same scope of improvement over liquid tempering strength levels as liquid tempering represents over state of the art gas convective tempering. But the trace labeled 704 is not an upper limit - embodiments have been shown to be viable above this value due to the good control of form and flatness achievable in a small-gap gas bearing thermal strengthening at even higher temperatures (at lower viscosities of the cover glass). The trace labeled 730 shows some of the additional strengthening performance achieved by a heat transfer rate of 0.20 cal/s cm2 oC (or about 8370 W/m2K) at a starting temperature for a SLG sheet of 730°C, very near or above the softening point of the cover glass. Significant improvements in compressive stress and thus in cover glass sheet strength are thus achieved particularly by the combination of high heat transfer rate and the use of high initial temperatures enabled by the good handling and control of sheet flatness and form in a tight gas bearing— and the improvements are particularly striking at thickness 2 mm and below.
[00111] FIG. 15 shows the traces of FIG. 14 explained above, at 2 mm and below, but with compressive stress as a function of thickness plotted for selected examples of tempered cover glass sheets produced by one or more embodiments of the present disclosure, showing the extreme combination of thermal strengthening levels and thinness enabled by the present disclosure.
Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet with Low Surface Roughness and High Degree of
Flatness
[00112] In various embodiments, thermally strengthened cover glass sheets disclosed herein, such as sheet 500, have both high thermal stresses and low, as-formed surface roughness. The processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of cover glass without increasing the surface roughness of the as-formed surfaces. For example, incoming float cover glass air-side surfaces and incoming fusion formed cover glass surfaces were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing. Ra surface roughness was less than 1 nm (0.6-0.7 nm) for incoming 1.1 mm soda-lime float cover glass, and the Ra surface roughness was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present processes.
Similarly, an Ra surface roughness of less than 0.3 nm (0.2 - 0.3) for 1.1 mm sheets of fusion- formed cover glass was maintained by thermal strengthening according to this disclosure.
Accordingly, thermally strengthened cover glass sheets have a surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range from 0.2 to 1.5 nm Ra roughness, 0.2 to 2.0 nm Ra roughness, 0.2 to 0.7 nm, 0.2 to 0.4 nm or even such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm, over at least an area of 10 x 10 μπι. Surface roughness may be measured over an area of 10 x 10 μπι in exemplary embodiments, or in some embodiments, 15 x 15 μπι.
[00113] In some contemplated embodiments, thermally strengthened cover glass sheets disclosed herein have both high thermal stresses and low, as-formed surface roughness and/or coated surfaces. The processes and methods disclosed herein can thermally strengthen a sheet of cover glass without increasing the surface roughness of smooth as-formed or as-delivered surfaces of cover glass sheets, and likewise without damaging sensitive low-E or anti-reflective or other coatings. Incoming float cover glass air-side surfaces, and incoming fusion-formed cover glass surfaces, were characterized by atomic force microscopy (AFM) before and after processing. Ra surface roughness was less than 1 nm (such as 0.6 to 0.7 nm) for incoming on the air side of 1.1 mm soda-lime float cover glass and was not increased by thermal strengthening according to the present disclosure. Ra surface roughness was less than 0.3 nm (such as 0.2 to 0.3 nm) incoming on 1.1 mm sheets of fusion- formed cover glass and likewise was not increased by thermal strengthening according to this disclosure. Accordingly, in contemplated
embodiments, thermally strengthened cover glass sheets, according to this disclosure, have surface roughness on at least a first surface in the range of at least 0.2 nm and/or no more than 1.5 nm Ra roughness, such as no more than 0.7 nm, such as no more than 0.4 nm or even such as no more than 0.3 nm, or have thermally strengthened sheets having coatings thereon of the type that may be applied before strengthening, or have combinations of these low roughness values and coatings, are obtained from the present process used with corresponding cover glass sheets as starting material. It is Applicant's understanding that such preservation of surface quality and/or surface coating(s) previously required use of convective gas tempering or perhaps a low heat transfer liquid tempering process, which produces limited thermal strengthening effects relative to the total range available with the present processes and methods. [00114] In another embodiment, the thermally strengthened cover glass sheets described herein have high flatness. In various embodiments, the strengthening system discussed herein utilizes controlled gas bearings to support the glass material during transporting and heating, and in some embodiments, can be used to assist in controlling and/or improving the flatness of the cover glass sheet, resulting in a higher degree of flatness than previously obtainable, particularly for thin and/or highly strengthened cover glass sheets. For example, sheets at least 0.6 mm can be strengthened with improved post-strengthening flatness. The flatness of thermally strengthened cover glass sheets embodied herein can comprise 100 μιη or less total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm length along one of the first or second surfaces thereof, 300 μπι TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, 200 μπι TIR or less, 100 μπι TIR or less, or 70 μπι TIR or less within a 50 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces. In exemplary embodiments, flatness is measured along any 50 mm or less profile of the glass sheet. In contemplated embodiments, sheets with thickness disclosed herein have flatness 200 μπι TIR or less within a 20 mm length on one of the first or second surfaces, such as flatness 100 μπι TIR or less, flatness 70 μπι TIR or less, flatness 50 μπι TIR or less.
[00115] According to contemplated embodiments, the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic articles discussed herein (e.g., cover glass sheet 500 shown in FIG. 4) have a high- degree of dimensional consistency such that the thickness t thereof along a 1 cm lengthwise stretch of the body 522 does not change by more than 50 μπι, such as, by not more than 10 μπι, not more than 5 μπι, not more than 2 μπι. Such dimensional consistency may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by solid quenching due to practical considerations, such as cooling plate alignment and/or surface irregularities that may distort the dimensions.
[00116] According to contemplated embodiments, the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic articles discussed herein have at least one major surface (e.g., first and second surfaces 510, 520 of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 in FIG. 4) that is flat such that a 1 cm lengthwise profile therealong stays within 50 μπι of a straight line, such as within 20 μπι, 10 μπι, 5 μπι, 2 μπι; and/or a 1 cm widthwise profile therealong stays within 50 μπι of a straight line, such as within 20 μπι, 10 μπι, 5 μπι, 2 μπι. Such high flatness may not be achievable for given thicknesses, areas, and/or magnitudes of negative tensile stress, as disclosed herein, by liquid quenching due to practical considerations, such as warping or bending of the cover glass strengthened in these processes due to convective currents and associated forces of the liquid.
Thermally Strengthened Cover Glass Sheet CTE
[00117] Another aspect comprises thermally strengthened low coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) cover glass sheets. As discussed above (see e.g., equations 7 and 10), thermal
strengthening effects are significantly dependent upon the CTE of the glass of which the cover glass sheet is comprised. However, thermal strengthening of low CTE glasses may provide strengthened glass compositions having advantageous properties, such as increased chemical resistance, or better compatibility with electronic devices due to low alkali content. Cover glass sheets having CTEs of 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, and even SS x lO"6 ^"1 and below are capable of safety-glass like break patterns ("dicing") at thicknesses of less than 4 mm, less than 3.5 mm, less than 3 mm, and even at 2 mm or less. Cover glasses having CTE values of 40 x 10"6 °C_1 and below can be strengthened using the processes described herein. Such low CTE glasses strengthened by the systems and methods discussed herein can have similar surface
compressions to SLG sheets strengthened by convention commercial (gas convective) processes at the same thickness. In some embodiments, the compressive stress of low CTE glasses can comprise at least 50 MPa, at least 100 MPa, at least 125 MPa, at least 150 MPa, at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa, at least 300 MPa, or at least 400 MPa for cover glass sheets having a thickness of no more than 1 cm, no more than 5 mm, no more than 3 mm, no more 2 mm, no more than 1.5 mm, no more than 1 mm, no more than 0.75 mm, no more than 0.5 mm, no more than 0.3 mm, no more than 0.2 mm, or no more than 0.1 mm.
[00118] Cover glass sheets formed according to the present disclosure have a multitude of applications in consumer electronic devices, for example in electronic devices, mobile phones, portable media players, televisions, notebook computers, watches, household appliances, tablet computer displays and in laminates, such as glass-interlayer-glass laminates used in various consumer electronic devices. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming of the thin sheet.
Alpha of Thermally Tempered Cover Glass Sheet
[00119] Table IV below shows results obtained by the methods of the present disclosure (indicated as "Source of Method" I in the table), and a figure of merit, Alpha, that is a rough measure of the coefficient of heat exchange obtained within the tempering process. Alpha is given by:
Alpha = C5 (13) where CS is physical compressive stress (in MPa), t is thickness in millimeters, CTE is the coefficient of thermal expansion in °C_1, and E is the elasticity of the glass in (MPa), and yields units in °C/mm.
TABLE IV
Figure imgf000042_0001
Samples 1 and 3 are repeatable values obtained from the disclosed processes, sample 1 using air and sample 3 using helium as the gas in the process. Sample 2 represents a "champion" value using air within the present process, that is, not reliably repeatable to date. Cover glass samples processed by the processes of the present disclosure (samples 1-3) all exceeded an Alpha at 1 17 °C/mm. Applicant believes that the slope of Alpha with thickness may have an inherent trend lower with lower glass thickness. Glass disclosed herein has an Alpha of greater than 20t+77, where t is thickness of the cover glass, in mm, in some embodiments. Thermal Strengthening System and Process
[00120] In various embodiments, a process for strengthening a cover glass sheet comprises supporting or guiding at least a portion of a cover glass sheet, such as cover glass sheet 500, into a cool or quenching zone in which the sheet is rapidly cooled creating a strengthened cover glass sheet having one or more of the properties discussed herein. In various embodiments, the cover glass sheet is supported at least in part by a flow or a pressure of a gas delivered to a gap between the surfaces of the cover glass sheet and one or more heat sinks. In general, the temperature of the glass sheet is above the transition temperature of the glass when the sheet is moved into the cool zone, and in various embodiments, the cover glass sheet is cooled within the cooling zone by thermal conduction more than by convection. Conduction is a process of heat transfer where energy is transmitted through interactions between adjacent molecules, and convection is a process of heat transfer where energy is communicated via motion of a fluid (e.g., air, helium, etc.), such as where heated fluid moves away from a heat source and is replaced by cooler fluid. Thus, the present system is markedly different from conventional convection-based glass strengthening/tempering systems in which the primary mode of heat transfer during cooling of the glass sheet is convective.
[00121] In some embodiments, an overall process for strengthening a cover glass sheet comprises heating a cover glass sheet in a hot zone and then cooling the cover glass sheet in a cooling zone. The cover glass sheet has a transition temperature, which is the temperature at which the viscosity of the cover glass has a value of η = 1012- 1013 Poise. The cover glass is heated sufficiently to bring the cover glass sheet above the transition temperature, and then moved into a cooling zone. Optionally, the cover glass can be transitioned from the hot zone to a cool zone through a transition zone. In the cooling zone, the surfaces of the cover glass sheet are positioned adjacent to heat sinks, one on either side of the cover glass sheet, each with a gap in between one of the cover glass surfaces and an opposing surface of the heat sink. Gas is delivered into the gaps through multiple apertures in the heat sinks, and in some embodiments, this delivered gas forms an air bearing which supports the cover glass between the heat sinks such that the cover glass surfaces are not in contact with the heat sinks. Within the cooling zone, the cover glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection and is cooled sufficiently to fix or create a thermally induced surface compression and a thermally induced central tension of the sheet which provides the increased strength as discussed herein. In various embodiments, primarily cooling via conduction is achieved by having a very low gap size within the cooling zone such that the cover glass sheet is close to, but not touching, the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks.
[00122] An apparatus for enabling the processes described can include a heating zone for heating a cover glass sheet to a temperature above the transition temperature and a cooling zone for cooling the heated cover glass sheet to provide a strengthened cover glass sheet. The apparatus can include an optional transition zone between the heating zone and the cooling zone. The cooling zone may include a heat sink having a pair of opposing surfaces defining a gap, within which the heated cover glass sheet is received. The cooling zone can comprise a pair of gas bearings disposed on opposite sides of that gap that acts to support the cover glass sheet within the gap. The gap can be configured to cool the heated cover glass sheet by conduction more than by convection. In some embodiments, the gas bearings can include a plurality of apertures for delivering the gas to the gap, and the gas bearing surfaces act as the heat sinks, capable of conducting heat away from the heated cover glass sheet by conduction more than by convection.
[00123] Strengthening processes and equipment disclosed herein (see generally FIGS. 21-25) allow for strengthening of cover glass or glass-ceramic articles (see generally FIGS. 4-7 and 27- 30) by an inventive form of thermal tempering. The processes allow for steep, tensile stress versus thickness/depth curves (see generally FIG. 6), particularly steep in slope near the surface of the cover glass or glass-ceramic articles, which enable strengthening of the cover glass or glass ceramic articles to particularly high levels of negative tensile stress for a given thickness near the surface of the respective articles, without requiring strengthening by ion-exchange or laminating different glasses. However, in some embodiments, the thermal tempering processes disclosed herein may be augmented with ion-exchange or applied to glass-to-glass laminations. The thermal tempering processes disclosed herein enable particularly high levels of
strengthening in large-area articles (e.g., sheets) that may be too large for strengthening via conventional thermal tempering methods, such as due to alignment limitations of contact quench equipment, cooling rate limitations of conventional convection systems, and/or warping damage associated with liquid quench tempering. The processes disclosed herein uniquely allow high levels of strengthening in particularly thin sheets that may be too thin for strengthening via conventional tempering methods, such as due sensitivity to breakage or fracture of the thin cover glass or glass ceramic articles during the strengthening process and associated contact forces with solid or liquid quenching and/or due to the cooling rate limitations of conventional convection tempering. However, in other contemplated embodiments, cover glass or glass ceramic articles as disclosed herein may be manufactured with at least some solid or liquid quenching, such as in combination with the unique strengthening processes disclosed herein.
[00124] One embodiment of a method according to this disclosure is illustrated in the flow chart of FIG. 16. The method or process 100 includes a step 140 of providing a cover glass sheet that is at a temperature above a transition temperature of the glass sheet. The method or process 100 also includes the step 160 of supporting a cover glass sheet at least in part by a gas (through gas flow and pressure). Step 160 includes, while the cover glass sheet is support by the gas, cooling the sheet: 1) by conduction more than by convection through the gas to a heat sink, and 2) sufficiently to create or fix a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally- induced central tension stress, of the sheet when at ambient temperature.
[00125] According to a variation on the embodiment of FIG. 16, depicted as method 100' in the flow chart of FIG. 17, the method can include the step 110 of heating a cover glass sheet sufficiently such that the sheet is above a transition temperature of the glass. As part of, or as preparation for, the cooling step 160, the method 100' further comprises, in step 120, providing a heat sink (whether as a single piece or in separate pieces) having first and second heat sink surfaces (see generally FIGS. 21-25), each having apertures therein. In step 130A the method further includes positioning a first sheet surface facing a first heat sink surface across a first gap and, in step 130B, positioning the second sheet surface facing a second heat sink surface across a second gap. The heat sink surfaces can include apertures and/or can be porous. The method 100' can further include, in step 160, cooling the sheet, by conduction more than by convection through a gas to the respective heat sink surfaces, sufficiently to strengthen the cover glass (e.g., to sufficiently create or fix in the sheet a thermally-induced surface compression stress and a thermally-induced central tension stress). The step 160 also can include delivering the gas to the first and second gaps through the apertures or porous heat sink, and in some such embodiments, the gas is delivered to form air bearings that support the cover glass sheet adjacent the heat sinks. In some embodiments, the gas is delivered only through the apertures of the heat sink or only through the pores or pores and apertures of the porous heat sink.
[00126] These and other related methods of this disclosure go against the currently dominant technique of gas-convection-cooling by using conduction as the dominant mode of cooling, instead of convection. Instead of a solid-to-gas (glass to air) heat exchange, methods described herein use a solid-to-solid (glass to heat sink) heat exchange, mediated across a small gap by a small amount of gas (e.g., without physical contact between glass surfaces and heat sink), both to begin and to complete the cooling that produces thermal strengthening. Although some convection is present as gas (e.g., air bearing gas) flows into the small gap, conduction directly across the gap through the gas and into the heat sink is the principal mode of cooling. Applicant has determined that dominance of conductive heat transfer increases the rate of heat transfer relative to convection dominant cooling processes.
[00127] Because solid-to-solid conduction (even across the gap) allows for more rapid heat flow than convection, the cooling rate increases needed for thinner cover glass sheets are not tied to gas velocity and volume. According to various embodiments, without the constraints typically imposed by gas flow and gap size in a convective system, gas flow and gap size can be selected, controlled or optimized for other purposes, such as for controlling stiffness of the gas cushion in the gap, for supporting the sheet, for flattening or otherwise shaping a sheet, for optimizing heat conduction, for maintaining sheet flatness and/or shape during thermal strengthening, and/or for balancing ease of sheet handling with high cooling rates. For example, in some embodiments, because cooling is not via convection, helium becomes an economically viable alternative to air in the system of the present disclosure due to the very low gas flow rates that support the gas bearing, and in such embodiments, helium offers thermal conductivity about five times that of air. Even helium with prices assumed at multiples of those available today becomes an economically viable alternative at the low flow rates of the system of the present disclosure. [00128] Further, because the system of the present disclosure decreases the volume of air flowing over a cover glass sheet during cooling (relative to convective systems), the systems and methods discussed herein decrease the potential risk of deformation of hot thin sheets of cover glass typically caused by the high speed, high volume air flows needed in conventional convection based tempering systems. This also allows softer, higher temperature cover glass sheets to be handled with no or minimal distortion, further improving the achievable degree of strengthening. Eliminating high air flow rates also eases problems sometimes seen in
transporting the sheet into the quenching chamber (moving against the high air flow) and in keeping the high- flow, cooler air from entering into and cooling the adjacent parts of the furnace used to heat the sheet.
[00129] Further the use of conduction, through a gas, may mitigate contact damage, warping, shaping, etc. associated with conventional liquid contact or solid contact quench tempering. Use of a gas as an intermediate conductor preserves the surface quality of the processed articles by avoiding solid-to-solid contact. Mediating the high conduction rates through a gas also avoids liquid contact. Some types of liquid quenching can introduce unwanted distortions, spatial variation in tempering and contamination of the cover glass surfaces. These embodiments essentially provide non-contact (except by a gas) but very high-rate cooling. In other
embodiments, as discussed above, solid- or liquid- contact may be included.
Power Consumption of Thermal Tempering System/Process
[00130] Another advantage of avoiding high air flow rates lies in the power and energy savings achieved by using solid-gas-solid conduction as the primary cover glass cooling mechanism. Points A and B of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 represent a high-end estimate of peak power use of the air bearing, per square meter of cover glass sheet, by a compressed air supply at relatively high flow. Practical low-end peak power use of compressed air could be as little as 1/16 of the values shown. Points A and B do not include active cooling of the heat sink, however, which can be included in some embodiments, especially where a machine is in continuous, quasi-continuous or high frequency operation. [00131] Referring again to FIG. 18 and FIG. 19, points A' and B' represent the conservatively estimated peak power levels for operation of the air bearing at points A and B when active cooling of the heat sink surfaces is factored in, assuming the thermal load equivalent of a 300 °C drop in cover glass sheet temperature is accomplished by an active cooling system having a thermal-to-mechanical (or electrical) efficiency ratio of 7.5 to 1, within a time limit of 2.1 seconds for point A and within 1 second for point B'. (These points correspond approximately to cover glass sheets actually tempered in the apparatus described herein.)
[00132] Although the four points within region R of FIG. 18 and FIG. 19 illustrate the significance of the improvement obtainable by the methods and systems of the present disclosure (at least to some degree), it should be noted that the full benefits are likely significantly understated in the figures because power demand is the quantity represented. For example, peak power of air blowers, as represented by the curve N, is not efficiently turned on and off, typically requiring gated airways to block off large fans, which still rotate (but at reduced load), when air is not needed. Peak power demands of fluid cooling systems such as chilled water plants, represented by the points A and B' as examples easily achievable according to the present disclosure, can generally be much more efficiently accommodated, and effective peak power would be significantly lower, approaching A' and B' only as fully continuous operation is approached. Thus, the difference in total energy demands would tend to be greater than the difference for peak power demand, which is represented in the figure. In some embodiments, the processes described herein have peak powers of less than 120 KW/m2, less than 100 KW/m2, less than 80 KW/m2 to thermally strengthen a cover glass sheet of 2 mm thickness or less.
Heat Transfer from Thin Cover Glass Sheet during Thermal Tempering
[00133] In general, heat transfer from the thin cover glass sheet in the system and process of the present disclosure includes a conduction component, a convection component and a radiant component. As noted above and explained in detail herein, the thermal tempering system of the present disclosure provides for thin cover glass tempering by utilizing conductive heat transfer as the primary mechanism for quenching the thin cover glass sheets. [00134] The following is Applicant's understanding of the underlying theory. It may well occur to one of ordinary skill in the art of glass tempering, in which conduction effects are normally so small as to be commonly ignored in favor of analysis of convection and radiation alone, to ask whether sufficiently high cooling rates for thin cover glass sheets (such as at 2 millimeters and below) are actually achievable by conduction through a gas such as air— and if so, whether such rates are achievable at practical gap sizes.
[00135] The amount of thermal conduction at conditions embodied in processes using systems described herein can be determined via the following. First, in the context of thermal
strengthening by conduction as in the present disclosure, the thermal conductivity of the gas within the gap must be evaluated in the direction of conduction, which is along a thermal slope. Air at high temperature, at or near the surface of the sheet being cooled, has significantly higher thermal conductivity than air at a lower temperature, such as air at or near room temperature at or near the surface of the heat sink (the nominal thermal conductivity of (dry) room temperature air (25°C) is approximately 0.026 W/m K). An approximation that assumes air over the whole gap to be at the average temperature of the two facing surfaces at the start of cooling is used. At the start of cooling, a cover glass sheet may be at a temperature of 670°C, for example, while the heat sink surface may start at 30°C, for example. Accordingly, the average temperature of the air in the gap would be 350°C, at which dry air has a thermal conductivity of about 0.047 W/m K; more than 75% higher than its thermal conductivity at room temperature and sufficiently high to conduct large amounts of heat energy through gaps of the sizes within the system of the present disclosure, as discussed below, assuming the sheet is finished to a reasonably high degree of surface and thickness consistency.
[00136] To illustrate, QCOnd, the conductive component of the rate of heat transfer through a gap of distance g which gap has an area Ag (in a direction everywhere perpendicular to the direction of the gap distance g) may be given by:
Avk(Ts - THS)
Qcona = 9 n (14)
9 where k is the thermal conductivity of the material (gas) in the gap evaluated in the direction of (or opposite of) heat conduction, Ts is the temperature of the cover glass surface and THs is the temperature of the heat sink surface (or the heat source surface, for other embodiments). As mentioned above, to evaluate k rigorously would require integrating the thermal conductivity of the gas along (or against) the direction of conductive heat flow, as the thermal conductivity of the gas varies with temperature— but as a good approximation, k may be taken as the value of k for the gas in the gap when at the average of the temperatures of the two surfaces, Ts and THs-
[00137] Reframing equation (14) in units of heat transfer coefficient (units of heat flow power per meter squared per degree Kelvin) gives:
Qcond _ k_ r- .
Ag (Ts - THS) ~ g J so the effective heat transfer coefficient for conduction across the gap is the thermal conductivity of the medium in the gap (air in this case) (in units of W/mK) divided by the length of the gap (in meters), giving a value of Watts per meter squared per degree of temperature difference. Table V shows the heat transfer coefficients (k/g), due to conduction alone, for air and helium filled gaps of gap sizes from 10 μπι up to 200 μπι in steps of 10 μπι each.
TABLE V
Figure imgf000051_0001
[00138] FIG. 20 (Prior Art) shows an industry-standard curve from about 35 years ago (with reference line at 2 mm added) showing the heat transfer coefficient required to fully temper a sheet of glass, as a function of thickness in mm, under certain assumed conditions. As may be seen from a comparison of Table V with FIG. 20, an air- filled gap of approximately 40 μπι can allow full tempering of 2 mm thick cover glass by conduction. While slightly less than 40 micrometers is a rather small gap, planar porous air bearings in conveyor applications may generally be reliably run with gaps of as low as 20 micrometers. Thus 37 micrometers is achievable for an air gap fed by pores in the heat sink surface. Using helium (or hydrogen, with similar thermal conductivity) as the gas, a gap of about 200 μπι can be used to fully temper 2 mm thick cover glass. Using helium or hydrogen as the gas allows for a gap size about 5 times larger for the same heat transfer coefficient. In other words, using helium or hydrogen as the gas in the gap increases the heat transfer coefficient available for quenching by about 5 times at the same gap size. So even with air the spacing is not impractical, and with high conductivity gases, the gap spacing is relatively easy to achieve, even for sheet thicknesses smaller than 2 millimeters.
[00139] In addition to cooling through a gas by conduction more than by convection, another embodiment includes heating (or heating and/or cooling) through a gas by conduction more than by convection. Regarding the relative contributions of conduction and convection, whether for heating or cooling, the convective QCOnv component of the rate of heat transfer across the gap (or gaps) may be given by:
Figure imgf000052_0001
where m is the mass flow rate of the gas, Cp is the specific heat capacity of the gas, T, is the inlet temperature of the gas as it flows into the gap, and e is the effectiveness of the heat exchange between the gas flowing in the gap, the sheet surface and the surface of the heat sink/source (the "walls" of the gap). The value of e varies from 0 (representing zero surface-to-gas heat exchange) to 1 (representing the gas fully reaching the temperature of the surfaces). The value of e can be computed by those skilled in the art of heat transfer using, for example, the e-NTU method.
[00140] Typically, however, if the gap between the surface of the sheet and the surface of the heat sink/source is small, the value of e will be very nearly equal to 1, meaning the gas heats nearly completely— to equal, on average, the average of the temperatures of the two surfaces on either side— before it leaves the gap. Assuming e = 1 (a slight overestimate of the rate of convective heat transfer), and the gas being supplied to the gap through the surface of the heat sink/source, it can be assumed that the initial temperature of the gas in the gap is the same as the temperature of the surface of the heat sink/source (Tt = THs). The rate of heat transfer due to convection may then be simplified to:
Figure imgf000052_0002
[00141] At the temperatures typically useful for heat strengthening or heat treating of glass and similar materials, radiative heat transfer out of the sheet under treatment is relatively small. To cool (or heat, assuming the amount of radiation from the heat source when heating is not too high) the sheet (e.g., sheet 200 shown in FIG. 21) principally by conduction, in the area of the gap (e.g., gaps 204a, 204b shown in FIG. 21), thus requires only that:
Qcond ^ Qconv (18)
Combining (18) with equations (14) and (17) gives the following conditional: k mCO
(19)
which, when held, will essentially ensure that the sheet, in the area of the gap at issue, is cooled (or heated) principally by conduction. Accordingly, the mass flow rate m of the gas should be less than 2kAg/gCp, or 2k/gCp per square meter of gap area. In an embodiment, m < (2kAg/gCp), where B is the ratio of convective cooling to conductive cooling. As used herein, B is a positive constant less than one and greater than zero, specifically having a value of 2/3 or less, or even 4/5 or 9/10 or less. Generally, m should be kept as low as possible, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to control the position of the cover glass sheet (e.g., sheet 200 shown in FIG. 21 relative to the heat sink surface(s)) (e.g., heat sink surfaces 201b, 202b, shown in FIG. 21) or the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves. The ratio of convective cooling to conductive cooling can be any value from less than one to lxl 0"8. In some embodiments, B is less than 0.9, 0.8, 0.7, 0.6, 0.5, 0.4, 0.1, 5xl0"2, lxlO"2, 5xlO"3, lxlO"3, 5xl0"4, lxlO"4, 5xl0"5,
1x10" 5 , 5x10 6 , 1x10 6 , 5x10" 7', 1x10" 7', 5x10 8 , or 1x10" 8°. In some embodiments, m is minimized, consistent with the needs of using the gas flow to support and control the sheet position relative to the heat sink surface(s). In other embodiments, m should be selected to control the position of the heat exchange surfaces themselves, relative to the sheet.
[00142] In various embodiments, the mass flow rate m of the gas within the conductive-based cooling system of the present disclosure is substantially lower as compared to the conventional convection-based tempering systems. This substantially lower gas flow rate allows the conductive system to be operated at substantially reduced power usage, as discussed herein. Further, in at least some embodiments, the reduced gas flow rate also results in a substantially quieter cooling system as compared to a conventional convective cooling system. In such embodiments, the decrease in noise may increase operator safety by reducing the potential for hearing damage and even reducing or eliminating the need for operators to use hearing protection.
[00143] As will be understood, in embodiments in which a sheet of cover glass material is supported on air bearings between opposing heat sink surfaces, conductive heat transfer will occur from both sides of the cover glass sheet to both heat sink surfaces Thus, in such embodiments, the cover glass sheet has first and second sheet surfaces, and cooling of the cover glass sheet is performed by positioning the first sheet surface (e.g., a lower surface of the cover glass sheet) adjacent to a first heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of a lower heat sink) such that a first gap is located between the first sheet surface and the first heat sink surface and by positioning the second sheet surface (e.g., an upper surface of the cover glass sheet) adjacent to a second heat sink surface (e.g., a surface of an upper heat sink) such that a second gap is located between the second sheet surface and the second heat sink surface. In such embodiments, thermal conduction from the first sheet surface to the first heat sink surface and from the second sheet surface to the second heat sink surface is permitted to occur. In such embodiments, the first gap has a length across the first gap of g\ and an area of the first gap
Figure imgf000054_0001
and the second gap has a length across the second gap of g2 and an area of the second gap of Ag2. In such embodiments, a first flow of a first gas to the first gap is provided, and a second flow of a second gas to the second gap is provided. As will be understood, similar to the discussion above, the first gas has a heat capacity Cpi and a thermal conductivity k}, and the first flow is provided at a mass flow rate rh\. In such embodiments, fh\ is greater than zero and less than {2k1Agi)l{g1Cpi). Further, the second gas has a heat capacity CP2 and a thermal conductivity k2, and the second flow is provided at a mass flow rate m2. In such embodiments, m2 is greater than zero and less than {2 2Agl g2CP2). In such embodiments, the first and second flows contact the cover glass sheet such that the cover glass sheet is supported without touching the heat sink surfaces. In this manner, the sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection in a manner to create a surface compressive stress and a central tension of the sheet. Cover Glass Strengthening System including High Conduction Cooling Zone
[00144] Referring to FIG. 21, a diagrammatic cross-section of a high conduction glass cooling/quenching station and of a glass sheet being cooled by conduction more than by convection is shown. A hot glass sheet 200 has its first and second (major) surfaces 200a, 200b each facing a respective first and second surface 201b, 202b of respective first and second heat sinks 201a, 202a across respective gaps 204a and 204b. Gas 230 is fed through the first and second surfaces 201b, 202b as represented by the arrows, to supply the gaps 204a, 204b, and to assist in keeping the cover glass sheet centered or otherwise positioned between the heat sinks 201a, 202a. The air or other gas may leave passing by the edges of the heat sinks 201a, 202a as shown by arrows 240. By choosing the size of the gaps 204a, 204b and the gas and the flow rate of the gas 230 in accordance with the discussion herein, the cover glass sheet 200 will be cooled more by conduction than convection. In specific embodiments, cover glass sheet 200 is cooled by heat sinks 201a and 202a such that more than 20%, specifically more than 50%, and more specifically more than 80%, of the thermal energy leaving a heated article, such as cover glass sheet 200, crosses the gaps, such as gaps 204a and 204b, and is received by the heat sink 201a and 202a.
[00145] In some embodiments, the gaps 204a, 204b are configured to have a thickness or distance across the gap sufficient such that the heated cover glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convention. As will be understood, size of gaps 204a, 204b generally is the distance between the major cover glass surfaces and the opposing heat sink surfaces.
[00146] In some embodiments, gaps 204a and 204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 μπι or greater (e.g., in the ranges from about 100 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 190 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 180 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 170 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 160 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 150 μπι, from about 110 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 120 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 130 μπι to about 200 μπι, or from about 140 μπι to about 200 μπι). In other embodiments, gaps 204a and
204b may have a thicknesses of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 μπι or less (e.g., in the ranges from about 10 μιη to about 100 μπι, from about 20 μιη to about 100 μπι, from about 30 μιη to about 100 μπι, from about 40 μιη to about 100 μπι, from about 10 μιη to about 90 μπι, from about 10 μπι to about 80 μπι, from about 10 μm to about 70 μπι, from about 10 μιη to about 60 μηι, or from about 10 μιη to about 50 μιη).
[00147] Heat sinks 201a, 202a may be solid or porous configurations. Suitable materials include, but are not limited to, aluminum, bronze, carbon or graphite, stainless steel, etc. Heat sink dimensions may be designed to be sufficient to address the size of the cover glass sheet and to efficiently and effectively transfer heat without changing the heat sink temperature significantly. In the case where heat sinks 201a and/or 202a are porous, they may still include additional apertures or holes for flowing gas or may use the porous structure to provide flow, or both. In some embodiments, the heat sinks further comprise passages to allow fluid flow for controlling the temperature of the heat sink, described in more detail in FIGS. 23-25 and below.
[00148] Eliminating high gas flow rates of the prior art may enable use of very small apertures or pores 206, as shown in FIG. 21, in the heat sink face to provide the gas to the gap(s). In some embodiments, apertures may be less than 2 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.25 mm, or less than or equal to 200, 150, 100, 50, 30, 20, or 10 μπι, when measured in the smallest direction (e.g., diameter in the case of circular apertures). In some embodiments, the apertures are from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 μπι to about 1 mm, about 20 μπι to about 1 mm, or about 50 μπι to about 1 mm.
[00149] Spacing between adjacent apertures 206 can be from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 10 μπι to about 3 mm, about 20 μπι to about 2 mm, or about 50 μπι to about 1 mm, measured edge- to-edge of apertures. Small apertures or pores may function as individual flow restrictors, providing high-performance, gas-bearing-type dynamics, such as high levels of stiffness and consistency of support of the sheet to position the sheet and control gap size, allowing for high homogeneity of thermal strengthening effects to avoid or reduce stress birefringence. Further, because very small pores or apertures may be used, the relative amount of solid matter at the surface of the heat sink facing the sheet surface across the gap(s) can be maximized, thereby increasing conductive heat flow. [00150] According to various embodiments, use of such apertures 206 as the only path for providing gas to the gaps 204a, 204b, and desirably using apertures 206 that lie in directions close to normal to the heat sink surface 201b, 202b, ensures that air-bearing type dynamics are optimized, and not compromised by gas flows from larger apertures, or from sources other than through the heat sink surface(s) 201b, 202b adjacent to the sheet 200, or by other excessive lateral flow. In other embodiments gas may be provided to the gaps 204a, 204b via other sources, such as in addition to the apertures 206 or pores. Accordingly, aspects of the present disclosure allow for power and energy savings by use of low gas flows and solid-gas-solid conduction, such as relative to conventional convective tempering processes.
[00151] FIGS. 22-25 show an exemplary embodiment of a cover glass strengthening system 300 according to this disclosure. FIG. 22 shows a schematic cross-sectional diagram of the system 300, in which a cover glass sheet can be cooled via conduction of heat from the cover glass sheet, through a gas into a conductive heat sink. The apparatus includes a hot zone 310, a cold zone 330, and a transition gas bearing 320. Transition gas bearing 320 moves or directs a cover glass article (e.g., cover glass sheet 400a) from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 such that no contact or substantially no contact occurs between the cover glass and the bearings. The hot zone 310 has gas bearings 312 each fed from a hot zone plenum 318, and the bearings 312 have cartridge heaters 314 inserted into holes through the bearings 312, which serve to heat the hot zone gas bearings 312 to a desired starting process temperature. A cover glass sheet (hot zone) 400a is kept between the hot zone gas bearings 312 for a duration long enough to bring it to a desired pre-cooling temperature (e.g., above the transition temperature).
[00152] In some embodiments, heating the sheet in the hot zone may be done predominantly via conduction of heat from a heat sink through a thin gas barrier. The conductive heating processes used in the hot zone can be similar to, but the reverse of the cooling processes described herein (e.g., pushing heat into the cover glass sheet).
[00153] In some embodiments, gaps 316, between the hot zone gas bearings 312 and the cover glass sheet 400a, may be relatively large, on the order of 0.05" (1.27 mm) to 0.125" (3.175 mm) or greater, since the cover glass sheet 400a may be heated up relatively slowly and thermal radiation from the hot gas bearings 312 into the cover glass sheet 400a is adequate for this purpose. In other embodiments, hot zone gap size may be as small as 150 microns per side or 500 microns per side. Smaller gaps may be advantageous, in some embodiments, because they enable the bearings to have better "stiffness" - i.e., ability to centralize the cover glass and therefore flatten it while it is in its softened state. In some embodiments, the process may reform the cover glass sheets - flattening them - in the initial heating step, for example via the pressure supplied by the gas bearings 312. In some embodiments, the top and bottom hot zone bearings may be on actuators, allowing for changing the gap width in a continuous manner or, alternatively, allowing the cover glass to be brought into the hot zone when the gap is large and then compressing the gap to flatten the cover glass while it is still soft.
[00154] Process temperatures are dependent on a number of factors, including cover glass composition, cover glass thickness, cover glass properties (CTE, etc.), and desired level of strengthening. Generally, the starting process temperature may be any value between the cover glass transition temperature and the Littleton softening point, or in some embodiments, even higher. For SLG, for example, system 300 heats the cover glass sheet 400a to a temperature between about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 640 to about 730°C or between about 690 to about 730°C. In some embodiments, system 300 heats the glass sheet 400a to a temperature from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 620 to about 800°C, about 640 to about 770°C, about 660 to about 750°C, about 680 to about 750°C, about 690 to about 740°C, or about 690 to about 730°C.
[00155] The cover glass sheet 400a is heated to its desired starting process temperature (e.g., above the cover glass transition temperature), and it is then moved from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 using any suitable means. In some embodiments, moving the cover glass sheet 400a from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330 may be accomplished by, for example (1) tilting the entire assembly such that gravity acting on the cover glass sheet forces it to move to the cold zone, (2) blocking off the gas flow from the leftmost exit of the hot zone 310 (the sides are enclosed in this embodiment), thereby forcing all of the gas emanating from all of the gas bearings to exit from the rightmost exit of the cold zone, causing fluid forces to be exerted on the cover glass sheet 400a and causing it to move to the cold zone 330, or (3) by a combination of (1) and (2)) [00156] The transition gas bearings 320 may be supplied with gas by transition bearing plenums 328. The solid material thickness behind the surfaces of the transition gas bearings 320 may be thin, of low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity, allowing for reduced heat conduction from the hot zone 310 to the cold zone 330. The transition gas bearings 320 may serve as a thermal break or transition between the two zones 310 and 330 and may serve to transition from the larger gaps 316 of the hot zone down to small gaps 336 of the cold zone 330. Further, the low thermal mass and/or low thermal conductivity of transition gas bearings 320 limit(s) the amount of heat transfer and therefore cooling experienced by cover glass sheet 400a while passing past transition gas bearings 320.
[00157] Once the cover glass sheet (cold zone) 400b moves into the cold zone 330 and into the channel 330a, it is stopped from exiting the right side exit by a mechanical stop or any other suitable blocking mechanism, shown as stop gate 341. Once the consumer electronic glass or cover glass sheet 400b cools sufficiently that the center has passed the glass transition (in the case, for example, of 1 mm thick SLG, to below about 490° C, corresponding in this example to about 325° C at the surface), the stop gate 341 may be moved, unblocking cold zone channel 330a, and then the cover glass sheet 400b may be removed from the system 300. If desired, the cover glass sheet 400b may be left in the cold zone 330 until somewhere near room temperature before removal.
[00158] As noted above, within hot zone 310, cover glass sheet 400 is heated to a temperature above the cover glass transition temperature of the cover glass sheet. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 22, the cold zone 330 includes a channel 330a for receiving heated cover glass sheet 400b through an opening 330b, conveying the cover glass sheet 400b, and cooling the cover glass sheet 400b in the cold zone. In one or more embodiments, the channel 330a includes a conveyance system that may include gas bearings, roller wheels, conveyor belt, or other means to physically transport the cover glass sheet through the cold zone. As shown in FIG. 22, cold zone 330 includes gas bearings 332 which are fed plenums 338 that are separate from hot zone plenums 318 and transition plenums 328. [00159] As shown in FIG. 22, the cold zone 330 includes one or more heat sinks 331 disposed adjacent to the channel 330a. Where two heat sinks are utilized, such heat sinks may be disposed on opposite sides of the channel 330a, facing each other across a channel gap 330a. In some embodiments, the heat sinks include a plurality of apertures 33 la which form part of the gas bearing 332, and the surfaces of the cold gas bearings 332 of the cold zone 330 serve as the two heat sink surfaces. Due to the low air flow rate within channel 330a and the small size of channel gap 330a, cover glass sheet 400b is cooled within cold zone 330 primarily by conduction of heat from the cover glass sheet across the gap and into the solid heat sinks 331, without the cover glass sheet 400b touching the heat sink surfaces.
[00160] In some embodiments, the heat sinks and/or the surfaces thereof may be segmented. As noted above, in some embodiments, the heat sinks may be porous, and in such embodiments, the apertures through which the gas for gas bearings 332 is delivered are the pores of the porous heat sinks. The plurality of apertures 332b, a gas source and the channel gap 330a may be in fluid communication. In some embodiments, the gas flows through the apertures 33 la to form gas cushions, layers or bearings in the channel gap 330a. The gas cushions of some
embodiments prevent the cover glass sheet 400b from contacting the heat sink 331 surfaces. The gas also serves as the gas through which the cover glass sheet 400b is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
[00161] Because cooling occurs essentially by solid-to-solid heat conduction across the gaps, issues not present in convection-dominated cooling may need to be addressed. For example, for tempering of a large, thin sheet, the sheet may be (1) introduced quickly into the cold zone, optionally at higher speeds than those typically used in convection-based quenching and/or (2) the process is operated in a quasi-continuous mode, in which multiple sheets are heated and cooled one after the other in a continuous stream with little space between them, and where the heat sink is actively cooled such that it reaches a thermal equilibrium so that the front and trailing edges of the large sheets have similar thermal history.
[00162] In some embodiments, the gas flowed through the apertures 331a cools the heat sinks. In some embodiments, the gas flowed through the apertures both facilitates heat conduction, from the cover glass, across the gap, into the heat sinks, and also cools the heat sinks 331. In some instances, a separate gas or fluid may be used to cool the heat sinks 331. For instance, the heat sinks 331 may include passages 334, for flowing a cooling fluid therethrough to cool the heat sinks 331, as is more fully described with respect to FIG. 23. The passages 334 can be enclosed.
[00163] Where two heat sinks are used (i.e., a first heat sink and the second heat sink), one or more gas sources may be used to provide a gas to the channel gap 330a. The gas sources may include the same gas as one another or different gases. The channel gap 330a may, therefore, include one gas, a mixture of gases from different gas sources, or the same gas source.
Exemplary gases include air, nitrogen, carbon dioxide, helium or other noble gases, hydrogen and various combinations thereof. The gas may be described by its thermal conductivity when it enters the channel 330a just before it begins to conductively cool the cover glass sheet 400b. In some instances, the gas may have a thermal conductivity of about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 0.02 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.025 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.03 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.035 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.04 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.045 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.05 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.06 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.07 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.08 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.09 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.1 W/(m K) or greater, about 0.15 W/(m K) or greater, or about 0.2 W/(m K) or greater).
[00164] The processes and systems described herein allow for high heat transfer rates which, as discussed above, allow for a strengthening degree of temperature differential to form within even a very thin cover glass sheet. Using air as the gas, with gaps between the cover glass sheet and the heat sinks, heat transfer rates as high as 350, 450, 550, 650, 750, 1000, and 1200 kW/m2 or more are possible through conduction alone. Using helium or hydrogen, heat transfer rates of 5000 kW/m2 or more can be achieved.
[00165] The heat sinks 331 of one or more embodiments may be stationary or may be movable to modify the thickness of the channel gap 330a. The thickness of the cover glass sheet 400b may be in a range from about 0.4 times the thickness to about 0.6 times the thickness of channel gap 300a, which is defined as the distance between the opposing surfaces of the heat sinks 331 (e.g., upper and lower surface of heat sinks 331 in the arrangement of FIG. 22). In some instances, the channel gap is configured to have a thickness sufficient such that the heated cover glass sheet is cooled by conduction more than by convection.
[00166] In some embodiments, the channel gap may have a thickness such that when cover glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through or located within the channel 330a, the distance between the major surfaces of the cover glass sheet 400b and the heat sink surface (e.g., the gap size discussed above) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 μπι or greater (e.g., in the range from about 100 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 190 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 180 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 170 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 160 μπι, from about 100 μπι to about 150 μπι, from about 110 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 120 μπι to about 200 μπι, from about 130 μπι to about 200 μπι, or from about 140 μπι to about 200 μπι). In some embodiments, the channel gap may have a thickness such that when cover glass sheet 400b is being conveyed through the channel, the distance between the cover glass sheet and the heat sink surface (the gap or gaps 336) is about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 100 μπι or less (e.g., in the range from about 10 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 20 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 30 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 40 μπι to about 100 μπι, from about 10 μπι to about 90 μπι, from about 10 μπι to about 80 μπι, from about 10 μπι to about 70 μπι, from about 10 μπι to about 60 μηι, or from about 10 μπι to about 50 μπι). The total thickness of the channel gap 330a is dependent on the thickness of the cover glass sheet 400b, but can be generally characterized as 2 times the distance between the heat sink surface and the cover glass sheet, plus the thickness of the cover glass sheet. In some embodiments, the distance or gaps 336 between the cover glass sheet and the heat sinks may not be equal. In such embodiments, the total thickness of the channel gap 330a may be characterized as the sum of the distances between the cover glass sheet and each heat sink surface, plus the thickness of the cover glass sheet.
[00167] In some instances, the total thickness of the channel gap may be less than about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 2500 μπι (e.g., in the range from about 120 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 150 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 200 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 300 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 400 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 500 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 600 μπι to about 2500 μπι, about 700 μηι to about 2500 μηι, about 800 μηι to about 2500 μηι, about 900 μηι to about 2500 μηι, about 1000 μηι to about 2500 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 2250 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 2000 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 1800 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 1600 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 1500 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 1400 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 1300 μηι, about 120 μηι to about 1200 μηι, or about 120 μιη to about 1000 μηι). In some instances, the total thickness of the channel gap may be about 2500 μιη or more (e.g., in the range from about 2500 μιη to about 10,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 9,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 8,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 7,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 6,000 μπι, about 2500 μιη to about 5,000 μιη, about 2500 μιη to about 4,000 μιη, about 2750 μm to about 10,000 μιη, about 3000 μιη to about 10,000 μm, about 3500 μιη to about 10,000 μηι, about 4000 μm to about 10,000 μηι, about 4500 μιη to about 10,000 μηι, or about 5000 μm to about 10,000 μιη).
[00168] The apertures 33 la in the heat sink 331 may be positioned to be perpendicular to the heat sink surface or may be positioned at an angle of 20 degrees or less, such as about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 15 degrees or less, about 10 degrees or less or about 5 degrees or less) from perpendicular to the heat sink surface.
[00169] In some embodiments, the material behind the heat sink (cold bearing 332) surfaces can be any suitable material having high heat transfer rates, including metals (e.g., stainless steel, copper, aluminum), ceramics, carbon, etc. This material may be relatively thick compared to the material behind the surfaces of the transition bearings 320, as shown in FIG. 22, such that heat sink can easily accept relatively large amounts of thermal energy. In an exemplary embodiment, the material of the heat sinks 331 is stainless steel.
[00170] FIG. 23 is a cut-away perspective cross-section of an apparatus similar to that of FIG. 22, albeit reversed from right to left, and comprising additionally a load/unload zone 340, next to cold zone 330 of system 300, including a load/unload gas bearing 342 with a cover glass sheet 400c positioned thereon. Also, the apparatus of FIG. 23 uses tight channel gaps (not indicated on the figure) in hot zone 310, transition bearing 320, and cold zone 330. [00171] The inset in FIG. 23 shows an alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332a, in which the gas bearing 322a is actively cooled by coolant channels 334, between gas bearing feed holes 333, where the feed holes feed the apertures in the surface of the bearing 322a. The cooling channels 334 are defined between heat sink segments 333b, which are assembled together to form the heat sink 331 and the surface thereof facing the cover glass sheet 400b.
[00172] The cooling channels 334 may be positioned very near the surface of the heat sink 331, in the solid material of the gas bearing 332, with a region of solid bearing material between the heat sink/gas bearing surface and the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334, having the same width as the nearest-the-surface edge of the coolant channel 334. Accordingly, in some embodiments there is no region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a between a coolant channel 334 and the surface facing the cover glass 400b. This differs from the typical convective gas cooling equipment, because the high gas flow rates mandate that significant space be provided in the middle of the array of gas nozzles for the gas flows to escape. Where active cooling is used, heat sink 331/gas bearing 332a has a region of reduced cross section in the solid material of the gas nozzle design, relative to the solid material nearest the cover glass surface. The reduced cross section region is generally positioned between the active cooling fluid and cover glass sheet under treatment, in order to give a high- volume path for the large volume of heated gas returning from the sheet.
[00173] FIG. 24 shows yet another alternative embodiment of a cold zone gas bearing 332, like that of the inset of FIG. 23. In this embodiment, coolant channels 334 are formed between a gas bearing feed member 335, containing gas bearing feed holes 333, and a gas bearing face member 337a, which provides the cover glass sheet 400b facing surface of the gas bearing 332. FIG. 25 shows yet another alternative cold zone gas bearing 332c having a similar structure to the embodiment of FIG. 24, but having a porous member 339 between a bearing plate member 337b and cover glass sheet 400b, such that porous member 339 forms the surface facing the cover glass sheet 400b. [00174] It should be understood that in various embodiments, the cover glass strengthening processes and systems described herein in relation to FIGS. 16-26 may be used or operated to form a cover glass or glass ceramic article (such as cover glass sheet 500) having any
combination of features, characteristics, dimensions, physical properties, etc. of any of the cover glass article embodiments discussed herein.
[00175] Cover glass sheets having undergone the thermal strengthening processes described herein may be further processed by undergoing ion exchange to further enhance their strength. Ion-exchanging the surface of cover glasses heat strengthened as described herein may increase the above-described compressive stresses by at least 20 MPa, such as at least 50 MPa, such as at least 70 MPa, such as at least 80 MPa, such as at least 100 MPa, such as at least 150 MPa, such as at least 200 MPa, such as at least 300 MPa, such as at least 400 MPa, such as at least 500 MPa, such as at least 600 MPa and/or no more than 1 GPa, in some such contemplated embodiments.
Systems and Processes for Thermal Conditioning and/or Heating Cover Glass Sheet
[00176] In addition to thermally strengthening thin cover glass sheets, the processes and systems described herein can be used for additional thermal conditioning processes as well. While cooling is specifically discussed herein, the systems and processes can be used to transfer heat into the cover glass sheet via a conductive method. Accordingly, additional embodiments of the processes of the current disclosure, including heating through a gas by conduction more than convection. Such a process or method 700 is illustrated in the flow chart of FIG. 26.
[00177] The method 700 includes two main steps. The first step, step 710, involves providing an article, such as a cover glass sheet, having at least one surface. The second step, step 720, involves heating or cooling a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article. Step 720 is performed by conduction more than by convection through a gas from or to a heat source or a heat sink source as shown in sub-part 720a, and is performed sufficiently to complete thermal conditioning of the article or the portion of the surface of the article in sub-part 720b, and the conduction of the cooling/heating of step 720 is performed at a high rate of heat transfer, at least 450 kW/m2 of the area of the portion in sub-part 720b. [00178] For example, an article can be thermally conditioned - i.e., either heated or cooled - by cooling or heating a portion of the surface of the article, up to and including the entire surface of the article(the portion having an area), by conduction more than by convection, the conduction mediated through a gas to or from a heat sink or a heat source and not through solid-to-solid contact, sufficiently to complete a thermal conditioning of the article or of the portion of the surface of the article, and the conduction being performed, during at least some time of the heating or cooling, at a rate of at least 450, 550, 650, 750, 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or even 5000 or more kW per square meter.
[00179] In addition to tempering, the high rates of thermal power transfer provided by the systems and methods discussed herein allow for thermal processing or conditioning of all kinds, including heating and cooling during tempering, edge strengthening of cover glass, firing or sintering of ceramics, glasses, or other materials, and so forth. Additionally, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article while preserving surface smoothness and quality. Accordingly, in yet another aspect of the present disclosure, tight control is provided over the thermal history and the heat distribution in the treated article, since the heat is extracted or delivered primarily by conduction, yet surface smoothness and quality are preserved.
Accordingly, it will be possible to use the systems and methods of the present disclosure to intentionally vary the stress profile from the strengthening process, both in the thickness direction and in the directions in which the plane of the sheet lies, by varying gaps, varying heat sink/source materials, varying heat sink/source temperatures, varying the gas mixture— and all these may be varied by position along the path of the sheet as it moves, or across the path of the sheet, or potentially in time also, not merely with position (for most of the variables).
Devices, Products and Structures Incorporating Strengthened Cover Glass Sheets
[00180] The strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic articles and sheets discussed herein have a wide range of uses in a wide range of articles, devices, products, structures, etc.
Discussion of cover glass or glass-ceramics herein is also referred to as consumer electronic glass. The cover glass or glass-ceramic of according to the present disclosure may be used on any surface of electronic devices, mobile phones, portable media players, televisions, notebook computers, watches, user wearable devices (e.g., Fitbit), cameras lenses, camera displays, household appliances, tablet computer displays, and any other electronic devices which may require a surface according to the properties and dimensions described herein.
[00181] Referring to FIG. 27, a structure 1010, such as a building, house, vehicle, etc., includes a glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in the form of a window, portion of walls (e.g., surfaces), dividers, etc. In contemplated embodiments, the glass or ceramic article 1012 may be strengthened such that the glass or ceramic article 1012 has a negative tensile stress on or near surfaces thereof, balanced by a positive tensile stress internal thereto, as disclosed herein.
Further, the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may have a composition that resists chemicals and/or corrosion as may be present in outdoor environments by having a relatively high silicon dioxide content, such as at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, such as at least 75% by weight.
[00182] According to an exemplary embodiment, the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 has major surfaces orthogonal to a thickness thereof (see generally sheet 500 as shown in FIG. 4), where the major surfaces have a large area (e.g., at least 5 cm2, at least 9 cm2, at least 15 cm2, at least 50 cm2, at least 250 cm2) relative to glass or glass-ceramic articles used in other applications (e.g., lenses, battery components, etc.). In contemplated embodiments, total light transmission through the glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 50% (e.g., at least 65%), at least 75%) from wavelengths of about 300 nm to about 800 nm, when the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 has thicknesses as disclosed herein, such as a thickness of less than 5 cm, less than 3 cm, less than 2 cm, less than 1.75 cm, less than 1.5 cm, less than 1 cm, less than 5 mm, less than 3 mm, less than 2 mm, less than 1.75 mm, less than 1.5 mm, less than 1 mm, less than 0.8 mm, less than 0.6 mm, less than 0.5 mm, less than 0.4 mm, less than 0.2 mm, and/or at least 10 micrometers, such as at least 50 micrometers.
[00183] Thin thicknesses of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 may not harm the function of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 in architectural, automotive, or other applications relative to conventional articles because the high level of strength of the glass or glass-ceramic article 1012 provided by the inventive processes disclosed herein. Thin glass or glass-ceramic articles 1012 may be particularly useful in such architectural, automotive, consumer electronics, or other applications because the glass or glass ceramic article 1012 may be lighter than conventional such articles, reducing the weight of the corresponding overall structure. For automobiles, a result may be greater fuel efficiency. For buildings, a result may be sturdier or less resource-intensive structures. For consumer electronics, a lighter device with greater impact resistance and/or resilience to recurring drops or impacts. In other contemplated embodiments, glass or glass-ceramic articles disclosed herein may have areas of lesser magnitude, greater thicknesses, transmit less light, and/or may be used in different applications, such as those disclosed with regard to FIGS. 27-30, for example.
[00184] Referring to FIG. 28, a surface 1 1 10 includes a glass or glass ceramic article 1 1 12, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties discussed herein, that functions as a countertop and/or as a portion of a display. In some embodiments, total transmission through the cover glass or glass ceramic articles 1012 is at least about 30% (e.g., at least 50%) from infrared wavelengths of about 800 nm to about 1500 nm, facilitating use of the surface 1 1 10 as a cooktop. In some embodiments, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1 1 12 has a coefficient of thermal expansion (CTE) from about lO lO"7 °CA to about 14 about 20 10"7 0C_1 to about 12 about 30x l0"7 0C_1 to about ΙΟΟχ ΙΟ"7
Figure imgf000068_0001
40χ 10"7 °CA to about ΙΟΟχ ΙΟ"7 50x 10" 7 0C_1 to about lOOx lO"7
Figure imgf000068_0002
In various embodiments, the processes are ideally suited for glass compositions having moderate to high CTEs. Example cover glasses that work well with the processes described herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming' s® Gorilla® Glasses, boroaluminosilicates, and soda-lime glasses. In some embodiments, the cover glasses used have CTEs greater than 40, greater than 50, greater than 60, greater than 70, greater than 80, or greater than 90χ 10"7 /°C. Some such CTEs may be particularly low for thermal tempering as disclosed herein, where the degree of negative tensile stress is no more than 50 MPa and/or at least 10 MPa.
[00185] Referring to FIG. 29, a device 1210 (e.g., handheld computer, tablet, portable computer, cellular phone, television, watch, display board, etc.) includes one or more cover glass or glass-ceramic articles 1212, 1214, 1216, manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, and further includes electronic components 1218 (e.g., a display, and electrical display, a controller, a memory, a microchip, etc.) and a housing 1220. In embodiments, electrical components 1218 and/or the electrical display may include a liquid crystal display and/or at least one light emitting diode (LED). In embodiments, the electronic display may be a touch sensitive display. In further embodiments, the glass-based layer forming or covering the electronic display may include a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback for a user. For example, raised projections, ridges, contours, or bumps are non-limiting example surface features for haptic feedback. In embodiments, electrical components 1218 are provided at least partially within housing 1220. In embodiments, electrical components 1218 are provided completely within housing 1220. In contemplated embodiments, the housing 1220 may be or include a cover glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein. In contemplated embodiments, a substrate 1222 for the electronic components 1218 may be a cover glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein.
[00186] In some embodiments, the cover glass or glass ceramic articles 1212, 1214 may function as frontplane and backplane substrates, and the cover glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may function as a cover glass in the device 1210. According to an exemplary embodiment, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 of the device 1210 is an alkali-aluminosilicate glass. Such composition may allow the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 to be strengthened by thermal tempering, as disclosed herein, and may be additionally strengthened by ion-exchange, providing a particularly high degree of negative tensile stress (e.g., at least 200 MPa, at least 250 MPa) at or near surfaces thereof. In other embodiments, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1216 may include sodium carbonate, calcium oxide, calcium magnesium carbonate, silicon dioxide (e.g., at least 70% by weight), aluminum oxide, and/or other constituents; and may be strengthened by the inventive processes disclosed herein. The cover glass or glass ceramic article 1216 may be particularly thin or otherwise structured, such as having any of the dimensions, properties, and/or compositions as disclosed herein.
[00187] In embodiments, housing 1220 may include a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface 1220. Housing 1220 may include one or more glass-based layers including cover glass or glass-ceramic articles manufactured as disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties discussed herein. In embodiments, the glass-based layer may be a cover glass or glass-ceramic article as disclosed herein. The glass based layer (e.g., 1212, 1214, 1216) may form any surface of a consumer electronic product. In one or more embodiments, the glass-based layer extends across the housing front surface from at least one side surface (e.g., 1220) to an opposite side surface. In embodiments, the glass-based layer is provided at or adjacent the front surface of housing 1220. In further embodiments, the glass-based layer may include a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback for a user. For example, raised projections, ridges, contours, or bumps are non-limiting example surface features for haptic feedback. In embodiments, glass based layer (e.g., 1212, 1214, 1216) may be shaped in 1-dimension, 2-dimensions, 2.5- dimensions (e.g., curvature at the edge of a display glass), or 3-dimensions.
[00188] In other embodiments, the glass-based layer (e.g., 1212, 1214, 1216) may have at least one beveled or curved edge, including an embodiment where the entire outside perimeter of the glass-based layer is beveled or curved. In embodiments, the average thickness of the glass-based layer may not exceed 1.5 mm, may not exceed 1.0 mm, may not exceed 0.7 mm, may not exceed 0.5 mm, or may have an average thickness within a range from about 0.5 mm to about 1.0 mm, or about 0.1 mm to about 1.5 mm, or an average thickness from about 0.5 mm to about 0.7 mm. In yet other embodiments, the one or more of the major surfaces of the glass-based layer may include an anti-scratch layer, an antireflection layer, and an antiglare layer. The one or more major surfaces of the glass-based layer may also include any combination or all of these layers.
[00189] The cover glass or glass-ceramic article may include a glass material that is substantially optically clear, transparent and free from light scattering. In such embodiments, the cover glass material may exhibit an average light transmission over a wavelength range from about 400 nm to about 780 nm of about 85% or greater, about 86% or greater, about 87% or greater, about 88% or greater, about 89% or greater, about 90% or greater, about 91% or greater or about 92% or greater. In one or more alternative embodiments, the glass material may be opaque or exhibit an average light transmission over a wavelength range from about 400 nm to about 780 nm of less than about 10%, less than about 9%, less than about 8%, less than about 7%, less than about 6%, less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2%, less than about 1%, or less than about 0%. In some embodiments, these light reflectance and transmittance values may be a total reflectance or total transmittance (taking into account reflectance or transmittance on both major surfaces of the glass material). The glass material may optionally exhibit a color, such as white, black, red, blue, green, yellow, orange, etc.
[00190] Referring now to FIG. 30, a cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1310, manufactured according to processes disclosed herein and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, has curvature and/or a variable cross-sectional dimension D. Such articles may have thicknesses disclosed herein as an average of dimension D or as a maximum value of dimension D. While the cover glass or glass-ceramic article 1310 is shown as a curved sheet, other shapes, such as more complex shapes, may be strengthened by processes disclosed herein. In contemplated embodiments, the cover glass or glass ceramic article 1310 may be used as a front pane, back pane, or on any surface of a consumer electronic product.
[00191] In various embodiments, cover glass material manufactured according to processes disclosed herein, and/or with any combination of stress profiles, structures and/or physical properties as disclosed herein, is useful to form at least one sheet of a cover glass-interlayer- cover glass laminate, such as used in automotive glass sidelights. Stronger and thinner laminates can be produced, resulting in weight and cost savings and fuel efficiency increases. Desirably, a thermally strengthened thin sheet may be cold bent (see generally FIG. 30) and laminated to a formed thicker glass, providing an easy and reliable manufacturing process not requiring any hot forming/shaping of the thin sheet.
Glass and Glass Ceramic Materials for Thermally Strengthened Cover Glass Sheets
[00192] The systems and methods discussed may be used to thermally condition, strengthen and/or temper a wide variety of cover glass and/or ceramic materials. [00193] The processes and systems described herein may generally be used with almost any glass composition, and some embodiments can be used with glass laminates, glass ceramics, and/or ceramics. In various embodiments, the processes can be used with glass compositions having high CTEs. In embodiments, cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein include alkali aluminosilicates, such as Coming's® Gorilla® Glasses, SLG, soda- or alkali-free glasses and the like. In some embodiments, cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein have CTEs of greater than 40x10"7 /°C, greater than 50x10"7 /°C, greater than 60x10"7 /°C, greater than 70x10"7 /°C, greater than 80x10"7 /°C, or greater than 90x10"7 /°C.
[00194] In some applications and embodiments, cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as cover glass sheet 500) may have a composition configured for chemical durability. In some such embodiments, the composition comprises at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight. Conventional articles of such compositions may be difficult to chemically temper to a deep depth, and/or may be difficult, if not impossible, to thermally temper by conventional processes to a sufficient magnitude of negative surface tensile stress for thin thicknesses, such as due to fragility and forces of conventional processes. However, in contemplated embodiments, inventive processes disclosed herein allow a strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic article or sheet, such as cover glass sheet 500, with such a composition, where negative tensile stress extends into the respective strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet to a distance of at least 10% of the thickness of the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet from at least one of the first and second surfaces (e.g., surfaces 510, 520 of cover glass sheet 500), such as at least 12% of the thickness, 15% of the thickness, 16% of the thickness, 17% of the thickness, 18% of the thickness, 19% of the thickness, 20% of the thickness, or 21% of the thickness.
[00195] In some embodiments, the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets and articles
strengthened as discussed herein have one or more coatings that are placed on the cover glass prior to the thermal strengthening of the cover glass sheet. The processes discussed herein can be used to produce strengthened cover glass sheets having one or more coatings, and, in some such embodiments, the coating is placed on the cover glass prior to thermal strengthening and is unaffected by the thermal strengthening process. Specific coatings that are advantageously preserved on cover glass sheets of the present disclosure include low E coatings, reflective coatings, antireflective coatings, anti-fingerprint coatings, cut-off filters, pyrolytic coatings, etc.
[00196] According to an exemplary embodiment, cover glass or glass-ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein, for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are boro-aluminosilicate glasses. In some embodiments cover glass or glass ceramic sheets or articles discussed herein, for example articles 1212, 1214 of the device 1210 shown in FIG. 29, are generally non-alkali glasses, yet still have stress profiles and structures as disclosed herein. Such composition may reduce the degree of relaxation of the glass, facilitating coupling of transistors thereto. In some embodiments, the cover glass sheets/articles discussed herein are flexible glass sheets. In other embodiments, the cover glass sheets/articles discussed herein comprise a laminate of two or more cover glass sheets.
[00197] In some contemplated embodiments, cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as cover glass sheet 500) may include an amorphous substrate, a crystalline substrate or a combination thereof, such as a glass-ceramic substrate. Cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as cover glass sheet 500) may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali
aluminophosphosilicate glass or alkali aluminoboro silicate glass. In one or more embodiments, cover glasses strengthened via the processes and systems discussed herein (such as cover glass sheet 500), in portions thereof not ion-exchanged, may include a cover glass having a composition, in mole percent (mol%), including: Si02 in the range from about (e.g., plus or minus 1%) 40 to about 80 mol%, A120 in the range from about 10 to about 30 mol%, B20 in the range from about 0 to about 10 mol%, R20 in the range from about 0 to about 20 mol%, and/or RO in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%. In some contemplated embodiments, the composition may include either one or both of Zr02 in the range from about 0 to about 5 mol% and P2C"5 in the range from about 0 to about 15 mol%. In some contemplated embodiments, Ti02 can be present from about 0 to about 2 mol%. [00198] In some contemplated embodiments, compositions used for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be batched with 0-2 mol% of at least one fining agent selected from a group that includes Na2S04, NaCl, NaF, NaBr, K2SO4, KCl, KF, KBr, and Sn02. The cover glass composition according to one or more embodiments may further include Sn02 in the range from about 0 to about 2 mol%, from about 0 to about 1 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 2 mol%, from about 0.1 to about 1 mol%, or from about 1 to about 2 mol%. Cover glass compositions disclosed herein for the strengthened cover glass or glass- ceramic sheet 500 may be substantially free of As20 and/or Sb20 , in some embodiments.
[00199] In contemplated embodiments, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include alkali aluminosilicate cover glass compositions or alkali aluminoborosilicate glass compositions that are further strengthened via an ion exchange process. One example cover glass composition comprises Si02, B20 and Na20, where
(Si02 + B20 ) > 66 mol. %, and/or Na20 > 9 mol. %. In an embodiment, the cover glass composition includes at least 6 wt.% aluminum oxide. In a further embodiment, the
strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may include a glass composition with one or more alkaline earth oxides, such that a content of alkaline earth oxides is at least 5 wt.%. Suitable cover glass compositions, in some embodiments, further comprise at least one of K20, MgO and CaO. In a particular embodiment, the cover glass compositions used in the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein can comprise 61-75 mol.% Si02; 7-15 mol.% A120 ; 0-12 mol.% B20 ; 9-21 mol.% Na20; 0-4 mol.% K20; 0- 7 mol.% MgO; and/or 0-3 mol.% CaO.
[00200] A further example cover glass composition suitable for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 60-70 mol.% Si02; 6-14 mol.% A120 ; 0-15 mol.% B20 ; 0-15 mol.% Li20; 0-20 mol.% Na20; 0-10 mol.% K20; 0-8 mol.% MgO; 0-10 mol.% CaO; 0-5 mol.% Zr02; 0-1 mol.% Sn02; 0-1 mol.% Ce02; less than 50 ppm As20 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb20 ; where 12 mol.% < (Li20 + Na20 + K20) < 20 mol.% and/or 0 mol.% < (MgO + CaO) < 10 mol.%). A still further example glass composition suitable for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises: 63.5-66.5 mol.% Si02; 8-12 mol.% A120 ; 0-3 mol.% B20 ; 0-5 mol.% Li20; 8-18 mol.% Na20; 0-5 mol.% K20; 1-7 mol.% MgO; 0-2.5 mol.% CaO; 0-3 mol.% Zr02; 0.05-0.25 mol.% Sn02; 0.05- 0.5 mol.% Ce02; less than 50 ppm As20 ; and less than 50 ppm Sb20 ; where 14 mol.% < (Li20 + Na20 + K20) < 18 mol.% and/or 2 mol.% < (MgO + CaO) < 7 mol.%.
[00201] In particular contemplated embodiments, an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition suitable for the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein comprises alumina, at least one alkali metal and, in some embodiments, greater than 50 mol.% Si02, in other embodiments at least 58 mol.% Si02, and in still other embodiments at least 60 mol.%) Si02, wherein the ratio (A120 + B20 )/∑modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1, where in the ratio the components are expressed in mol.% and the modifiers are alkali metal oxides. This cover glass composition, in particular embodiments, comprises: 58-72 mol.% Si02; 9-17 mol.% A120 ; 2-12 mol.% B20 ; 8-16 mol.% Na20; and/or 0-4 mol.% K20, wherein the ratio (A120 + B20 )/∑modifiers (i.e., sum of modifiers) is greater than 1. In still another embodiment, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500 may include an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 64-68 mol.% Si02; 12-16 mol.% Na20; 8-12 mol.% A120 ; 0-3 mol.% B20 ; 2-5 mol.% K20; 4-6 mol.% MgO; and 0-5 mol.% CaO, wherein: 66 mol.% < Si02 + B20 + CaO < 69 mol.%; Na20 + K20 + B20 + MgO + CaO + SrO > 10 mol.%; 5 mol.% < MgO + CaO + SrO < 8 mol.%; (Na20 + B20 ) - A120 < 2 mol.%; 2 mol.% < Na20 - A120 < 6 mol.%; and 4 mol.% < (Na20 + K20) - A120 < 10 mol.%. In an alternative embodiment, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may comprise an alkali aluminosilicate glass composition comprising: 2 mol.% or more of A120 and/or Zr02, or 4 mol.% or more of A120 and/or Zr02.
[00202] In contemplated embodiments, examples of suitable glass ceramics for the
strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or articles discussed herein may include Li20- Al203-Si02 system (i.e. LAS-System) glass ceramics, MgO-Al203-Si02 system (i.e. MAS- System) glass ceramics, and/or glass ceramics that include a predominant crystal phase including β-quartz solid solution, β-spodumene ss, cordierite, and lithium disilicate. The strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized by the manner in which it is formed. For instance, the strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein may be characterized as float-formable (i.e., formed by a float process), down- drawable and, in particular, fusion-formable or slot-drawable (i.e., formed by a down draw process such as a fusion draw process or a slot draw process).
[00203] A float-formable strengthened cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article may be characterized by smooth surfaces and consistent thickness, and is made by floating molten cover glass on a bed of molten metal, typically tin. In an example process, molten cover glass or glass- ceramic that is fed onto the surface of the molten tin bed forms a floating glass or glass-ceramic ribbon. As the cover glass ribbon flows along the tin bath, the temperature is gradually decreased until the cover glass or glass-ceramic ribbon solidifies into a solid cover glass or glass- ceramic article that can be lifted from the tin onto rollers. Once off the bath, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article can be cooled further and annealed to reduce internal stress. Where the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the cover glass article formed from the float process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00204] Down-draw processes produce cover glass or glass-ceramic articles having a consistent thickness that possess relatively pristine surfaces. Because the average flexural strength of the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is controlled by the amount and size of surface flaws, a pristine surface that has had minimal contact has a higher initial strength. When this high strength cover glass or glass-ceramic article is then further strengthened (e.g., chemically), the resultant strength can be higher than that of a cover glass or glass-ceramic article with a surface that has been lapped and polished. Down-drawn cover glass or glass-ceramic articles may be drawn to a thickness of less than about 2 mm. In addition, down-drawn cover glass or glass-ceramic articles have a very flat, smooth surface that can be used in its final application without costly grinding and polishing. Where the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the down-draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00205] The fusion draw process, for example, uses a drawing tank that has a channel for accepting molten glass raw material. The channel has weirs that are open at the top along the length of the channel on both sides of the channel. When the channel fills with molten material, the molten glass overflows the weirs. Due to gravity, the molten glass flows down the outside surfaces of the drawing tank as two flowing glass films. These outside surfaces of the drawing tank extend down and inwardly so that they join at an edge below the drawing tank. The two flowing glass films join at this edge to fuse and form a single flowing cover glass article. The fusion draw method offers the advantage that, because the two cover glass films flowing over the channel fuse together, neither of the outside surfaces of the resulting cover glass article comes in contact with any part of the apparatus. Thus, the surface properties of the fusion drawn cover glass article are not affected by such contact. Where the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the cover glass or glass-ceramic article formed from the fusion process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00206] The slot draw process is distinct from the fusion draw method. In slot draw processes, the molten raw material glass is provided to a drawing tank. The bottom of the drawing tank has an open slot with a nozzle that extends the length of the slot. The molten glass flows through the slot/nozzle and is drawn downward as a continuous cover glass article and into an annealing region. Where the cover glass or glass-ceramic article is a glass ceramic, the cover glass article formed from the slot draw process may be subjected to a ceramming process by which one or more crystalline phases are generated.
[00207] In some embodiments, the cover glass article may be formed using a thin rolling process, as described in U.S. Patent No. 8,713,972, U.S. Patent No. 9,003,835, U.S. Patent Publication No. 2015/0027169, and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050099618, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. More specifically the cover glass or glass-ceramic article may be formed by supplying a vertical stream of molten glass, forming the supplied stream of molten glass or glass-ceramic with a pair of forming rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher or about 600° C or higher, to form a formed cover glass ribbon having a formed thickness, sizing the formed ribbon of glass with a pair of sizing rolls, maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower to produce a sized glass ribbon having a desired thickness less than the formed thickness and a desired thickness consistency. The apparatus used to form the cover glass ribbon may include a glass feed device for supplying a supplied stream of molten glass; a pair of forming rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 500° C or higher, the forming rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass forming gap between the forming rolls with the glass forming gap located vertically below the glass feed device for receiving the supplied stream of molten glass and thinning the supplied stream of molten glass between the forming rolls to form a formed glass ribbon having a formed thickness; and a pair of sizing rolls maintained at a surface temperature of about 400° C or lower, the sizing rolls being spaced closely adjacent each other, defining a glass sizing gap between the sizing rolls with the cover glass sizing gap located vertically below the forming rolls for receiving the formed cover glass ribbon and thinning the formed cover glass ribbon to produce a sized cover glass ribbon having a desired thickness and a desired thickness consistency.
[00208] In some instances, the thin rolling process may be utilized where the viscosity of the glass does not permit use of fusion or slot draw methods. For example, thin rolling can be utilized to form the cover glass or glass-ceramic articles when the glass exhibits a liquidus viscosity less than 100 kP. The cover glass or glass-ceramic article may be acid polished or otherwise treated to remove or reduce the effect of surface flaws.
[00209] In contemplated embodiments, the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein has a composition that differs by side surface. On one side of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet 500, an exemplary composition is: 69-75 wt.% Si02, 0-1.5 wt.% A120 , 8-12 wt.% CaO, 0-0.1 wt.% CI, 0-500 ppm Fe, 0-500 ppm K , 0.0-4.5 wt.% MgO, 12-15 wt.% Na20, 0-0.5 wt.% S0 , 0-0.5 wt.% Sn02, 0-0.1 wt.% SrO, 0-0.1 wt.% Ti02, 0-0.1 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0- 0.1 wt.%) Zr02. On the other side of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein an exemplary composition is: 73.16 wt.% Si02, 0.076 wt.% A120 , 9.91 wt.% CaO, 0.014 wt.% CI, 0.1 wt.% Fe203, 0.029 wt.% K20, 2.792 wt.% MgO, 13.054 wt.% Na20, 0.174 wt.% S03, 0.001 Sn02, 0.01 wt.% SrO, 0.01 wt.% Ti02, 0.002 wt.% ZnO, and/or 0.005 wt.% Zr02.
[00210] In other contemplated embodiments, composition of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si02 55-85 wt.%, A120 0-30 wt.%, B20 0-20 wt.%, Na20 0-25 wt.%, CaO 0-20 wt.%, K20 0-20 wt.%, MgO 0-15 wt.%, BaO 5-20 wt.%, Fe20 0.002-0.06 wt.%, and/or Cr20 0.0001-0.06 wt.%. In other contemplated embodiments, composition of the cover glass or glass-ceramic sheet or article discussed herein includes Si02 60-72 mol.%, A1203 3.4-8 mol.%, Na20 13-16 mol.%, K20 0-1 mol.%, MgO 3.3-6 mol.%, Ti02 0-0.2 mol.%, Fe203 0.01-0.15 mol.%, CaO 6.5-9 mol.%, and/or S03 0.02-0.4 mol.%.
Examples
[00211] Apparatus setup - As detailed above, the apparatus comprises three zones - a hot zone, a transition zone, and a cool or quench zone. The gaps between the top and bottom thermal bearings (heat sinks) in the hot zone and the quench zone are set to the desired spacings. Gas flow rates in the hot zone, transition zone, and quench zone are set to ensure centering of the glass material, sheet or part on the air-bearing. The hot zone is pre-heated to the desired T0, the temperature from which the glass article will be subsequently quenched. To ensure uniform heating, cover glass articles are pre-heated in a separate pre-heating apparatus, such as a batch or continuous furnace. Generally, cover glass sheets are pre-heated for greater than 5 minutes prior to loading in the hot zone. For soda-lime glasses, pre-heating is done around 450°C. After the pre-heat phase, the cover glass article is loaded into the hot zone and allowed to equilibrate, where equilibration is where the glass is uniformly at T0. T0 can be determined by the level of strengthening/tempering desired, but is generally kept in the range between the softening point and the glass transition temperature. The time to equilibration is dependent at least on the thickness of the cover glass. For example, for cover glass sheets of approximately 1.1 mm or less, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds. For 3 mm cover glass sheets, equilibration occurs in approximately 10 seconds to 30 seconds. For thicker sheets, up to approximately 6 mm, the equilibration time may be on the order of 60 seconds. Once the cover glass has equilibrated to T0, it is rapidly transferred through the transition zone on air bearings and into the cool or quench zone. The cover glass article rapidly quenches in the quench zone to a temperature below the glass transition temperature, Tg. The cover glass sheet can be maintained in the quench zone for any period of time from 1 second, 10 seconds, or to several minutes or more, depending on the degree of quench desired and/or the desired temperature of the cover glass at removal. Upon removal the cover glass is optionally allowed to cool before handling. [00212] The following examples are summarized in Table VI.
[00213] Example 1 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate (e.g., glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight) of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating to To, it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 91 μπι (wherein the gap is the distance between the surface of the glass sheet and the nearest heat sink), where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface compression of -312 MPa, a central tension of 127 MPa, and a flatness of 83 μπι.
[00214] Example 2 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 5.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 690°C for 60 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface compression of -317 MPa, a central tension of 133 MPa, and a flatness of about 89.7 micrometers.
[00215] Example 3 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 56 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 661°C, a surface compression of -176 MPa, a central tension of 89 MPa, a flatness of 190 μπι, and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
[00216] Example 4 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.55 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 720°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 25 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.184 cal/(cm2- s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -176 MPa and a central tension of 63 MPa. Also, the resulting strengthened articles had a flatness of about 168 (for the initial 710° C temperature sample) and 125 micrometers (for the initial 720° C temperature sample). [00217] Example 5 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.5 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 790°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 226 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The glass article has an improvement in flatness measured to be 113 μιη pre-processing and 58 μιη post-processing.
[00218] Example 6 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.7 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 730°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone filled with helium, which has a gap of 31 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.149 cal/(cm2-s-°C). The resulting article has a surface compression of -206 MPa, a central tension of 100 MPa, and a flatness of 82 μπι. Upon fracture, the glass sheet is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm thickness or greater sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) suggesting that the sheet is fully tempered.
[00219] Example 7 - A Borofloat-33 glass plate of 3.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 800°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 119 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a flatness of 120 μπι. Upon fracture of the part it is observed to "dice" (using standard terminology for 2 mm or greater thickness sheet dicing - i.e., a 5x5 cm square of glass sheet breaks into 40 or more pieces) showing that the sheet is fully tempered.
[00220] Example 8 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 3.2 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 690°C for 30 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 84 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface compression of -218 MPa, a central tension of 105 MPa, and a flatness of 84 μπι.
[00221] Example 9 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 0.3 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 630°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 159 μηι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has membrane stresses which are observable by gray field polarimetry, suggesting the glass has incorporated the thermal stress.
[00222] Example 10 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 0.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a To of 820°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 141 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.033 cal/(cm2-s-°C). Upon fracture, the resulting article displays behavior consistent with a residually stressed glass.
[00223] Example 11 - A soda-lime silicate glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 450°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 700°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 65 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.07 cal/(cm2-s- °C). The resulting article has a surface Active temperature measured to be 657°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 98 MPa, a flatness of 158 μπι, and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 10-20 N.
[00224] Example 12 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 810°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone which has a gap of 86 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds, resulting in an effective heat transfer rate of 0.058 cal/(cm2- s-°C). The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 71 1°C, a surface compression of -201 MPa, a central tension of 67 MPa, and a Vicker' s cracking threshold of 20- 30 N.
[00225] Example 13 - A CORNING® GORILLA® Glass plate of 1.1 mm thickness is pre-heated for 10 minutes at 550°C before transferring to the hot zone where it is held at a T0 of 800°C for 10 seconds. After equilibrating it is rapidly transferred to the quench zone, which has a gap of 91 μπι, where it is held for 10 seconds. The resulting article has a surface fictive temperature measured to be 747°C, a surface compression of -138 MPa, a central tension of 53 MPa, a flatness of 66 μπι, and a Vicker's cracking threshold of 20-30 N. Table VI
Figure imgf000083_0001
[00226] Additional Example - a 5.7 mm thick sheet of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10% sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight was run with helium gas and gaps 204a, 204b (FIG. 21) of about 90 micrometers. The glass was heated to an initial temperature of about 690° C and quickly cooled. The resulting strengthened article had a negative tensile stress of about 300 MPa on surfaces thereof and a positive tensile stress of about 121 MPa in the center. Also, the resulting strengthened article had a flatness of about 106.9 micrometers.
[00227] Additional Example - In one experiment using inventive technology disclosed herein, a 1.1 mm thick sheet of glass comprising at least 70% silicon dioxide by weight, and/or at least 10%) sodium oxide by weight, and/or at least 7% calcium oxide by weight was run with helium gas and gaps 204a, 204b (FIG. 21) of about 160 micrometers. The glass was heated to an initial temperature of about 680° C and quickly cooled. The resulting strengthened article had a negative tensile stress of about 112 MPa on surfaces thereof and a positive tensile stress of about 54 MPa in the center. Prior to strengthening, the sheet of glass had a flatness of about 96 micrometers, but the resulting strengthened article had a flatness of about 60 micrometers.
Accordingly, the strengthening process also flattened the strengthened glass or glass ceramic article. [00228] Other aspects and advantages will be apparent from a review of the specification as a whole and the appended claims.
[00229] The construction and arrangements of the cover glass and glass-ceramic, as shown in the various exemplary embodiments, are illustrative only. Although only a few embodiments have been described in detail in this disclosure, many modifications are possible (e.g., variations in sizes, dimensions, structures, shapes, and proportions of the various elements, values of parameters, mounting arrangements, use of materials, colors, orientations) without materially departing from the novel teachings and advantages of the subject matter described herein. Some elements shown as integrally formed may be constructed of multiple parts or elements, the position of elements may be reversed or otherwise varied, and the nature or number of discrete elements or positions may be altered or varied. The order or sequence of any process, logical algorithm, or method steps may be varied or re-sequenced according to alternative embodiments. Other substitutions, modifications, changes and omissions may also be made in the design, operating conditions and arrangement of the various exemplary embodiments without departing from the scope of the present inventive technology.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A consumer electronic product comprising:
an electronic display comprising a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface;
a glass-based layer comprising a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween;
wherein the glass-based layer is provided at least partially over the electronic display;
wherein an average thickness between the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer is less than 2 mm;
wherein an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface of the glass-based layer is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region of the glass-based layer;
wherein the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer are under compressive stress greater than 150 MPa and the interior region of the glass-based layer is under tensile stress;
wherein a surface roughness of the first major surface of the glass-based layer is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness.
2. The consumer electronic product of claim 1, wherein the stress within the glass- based layer varies as a function of position relative to the first and second major surfaces, wherein the stress within the glass-based layer has slope of at least 200 MPa over a distance of less than 500 μπι of the thickness of the glass-based layer.
3. The consumer electronic product of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein a surface roughness of the first or second major surface of the glass-based layer is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness.
4. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-3, wherein the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer are flat to at least 50 μπι total indicator run-out along a 50 mm profile of the first and second major surfaces.
5. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-4, wherein the areas of the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer are at least 2500 mm2.
6. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-5, wherein the glass-based layer further comprises a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback.
7. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-6, wherein the average thickness of the glass-based layer is about 0.1 mm to about 1.5 mm.
8. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-7, wherein the glass-based layer further comprises a depth of compression >17% of the distance between the first and second major surfaces.
9. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-8, wherein the glass-based layer is soda-lime glass, alkali alumino silicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali aluminophosphosilicate glass, or alkali aluminoboro silicate glass.
10. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-9, wherein the first or second major surface of the glass-based layer further comprises at least one of an anti- scratch layer, an antireflection layer, and an antiglare layer.
11. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-10, wherein the electronic display is a touch-sensitive display.
12. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-11, wherein the electronic display is a liquid crystal display (LCD).
13. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-12, wherein the electronic display includes at least one light emitting diode (LED).
14. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-13, wherein the glass-based layer extends across the housing front surface from the at least one side surface to an opposite side surface.
15. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 1-14, wherein the product is a mobile phone, a portable media player, a television, a notebook computer, a watch, a household appliance, or a tablet computer.
16. A consumer electronic product comprising: a housing having a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface; electrical components provided at least partially internal to the housing, the electrical components comprise at least a controller, a memory, and a display; the back surface comprising a glass-based layer comprising a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween; wherein an average thickness between the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer is less than 2 mm; wherein an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of both the first major surface and the second major surface of the glass-based layer is the same as an ion content and chemical constituency of at least a portion of the interior region of the glass-based layer wherein the first and second major surfaces of the cover glass are under compressive stress greater than 150 MPa and the interior region of the cover glass is under tensile stress; wherein a surface roughness of the first major surface of the cover between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness.
17. The consumer electronic product of claim 16, wherein the glass based layer is a glass or glass-ceramic material.
18. The consumer electronic product of claim 16 or claim 17, wherein the glass- based layer further comprises a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback.
19. A consumer electronic product comprising:
a housing comprising a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface; electrical components provided at least partially internal to the housing, the electrical components comprise at least a display;
a glass-based layer provided at or adjacent the front surface of the housing;
wherein the glass-based layer comprises a thickness, expressed in millimeters, of t, a length, expressed in millimeters, of /, and a width, expressed in millimeters, of w, t being less than / and less than w;
wherein the glass-based layer comprises a first major surface and a second major surface separated by the thickness t, the first major surface of the glass-based layer being flat to 100 μπι total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm or less profile of the first major surface of the glass-based layer; wherein the glass-based layer comprises a glass having a low temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of a CTE, a high temperature linear CTE, expressed in 1/°C, of aLcTE, an elastic modulus, expressed in GPa, of E, a strain temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tstram, and a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tsoft; wherein the first major surface of the glass-based layer having a thermally induced surface compressive stress of less than 600 MPa and greater than
Figure imgf000088_0001
in units of MPa; wherein P} is given by
910.2 - 259.2 exp (-——)
F V 0.143/
given by
23.65
2.53 + 1.58\ '
Χ + (θ.0073δ) and h is greater than or equal to 0.020 cal/s cm2 oC.
20. The consumer electronic product of claim 19, wherein the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer are flat to at least 50 μιη total indicator run-out along a 50 mm profile of the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer.
21. The consumer electronic product of claim 19 or claim 20, wherein the first or second major surface of the glass-based layer further comprises at least one of an anti-scratch layer, an antireflection layer, and an antiglare layer.
22. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 19-21, wherein the glass-based layer has at least one beveled edge.
23. The consumer electronic product according to any of claim 19-22, wherein a surface roughness of the first or second major surface of the glass-based layer is between 0.2 and 1.5 nm Ra roughness.
24. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 19-23, wherein the areas of the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer are at least 2500 mm2.
25. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 19-24, wherein the glass-based layer is transmissive between 400 nm and 780 nm.
26. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 19-25, wherein the electrical components further comprising a controller and a memory.
27. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 19-26, wherein the product is a mobile phone, a portable media player, a television, a notebook computer, a watch, a household appliance, or a tablet computer.
28. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 19-27, wherein the glass-based layer is soda-lime glass, alkali alumino silicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali aluminophosphosilicate glass, or alkali aluminoboro silicate glass.
29. A consumer electronic product comprising:
a housing comprising a front surface, a back surface, and at least one side surface; electrical components provided at least partially internal to the housing, the electrical components comprise a display, a controller and a memory;
a glass-based layer comprising a first major surface opposite a second major surface with an interior region located therebetween
the glass-based layer provided at or adjacent the front surface of the housing; the glass-based layer being flat to 100 μπι total indicator run-out (TIR) along any 50 mm or less profile of the first major surface of the glass-based layer; the glass-based layer comprising a glass material having a softening temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tsoft and an annealing temperature, expressed in units of °C, of Tanneai, and a surface fictive temperature measured on the first major surface of the glass-based layer represented by Tfs, when expressed in units of °C; the glass-based layer having a non-dimensional surface fictive temperature parameter 0s given by (Tfs - Tanneal)l{Tsoft - Tanneai); and wherein the parameter 6s is in the range of from 0.20 to 0.9.
30. The consumer electronic product of claim 29, wherein the areas of the first and second major surfaces of the glass-based layer are at least 2500 mm2.
31. The consumer electronic product of claim 29 or claim 30, wherein the surface fictive temperature measured on the first surface of the sheet is at least 50°C above a glass transition temperature of the glass.
32. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-31, wherein the surface fictive temperature measured on the first surface of glass-based layer is at least 75°C above a glass transition temperature of the glass material.
33. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-32, wherein the glass-based layer further comprises a surface feature on the first or second major surface for haptic feedback.
34. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-33, wherein the average thickness of the glass-based layer is about 0.1 mm to about 1.5 mm.
35. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-34, wherein the glass-based layer further comprises a depth of compression >17% of the distance between the first and second major surfaces.
36. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-35, wherein the glass-based layer is soda-lime glass, alkali alumino silicate glass, alkali containing borosilicate glass, alkali aluminophosphosilicate glass, or alkali aluminoboro silicate glass.
37. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-36, wherein the glass-based layer includes at least one beveled edge.
38. The consumer electronic product according to any of claims 29-37, wherein the product is a mobile phone, a portable media player, a television, a notebook computer, a watch, a household appliance, or a tablet computer.
PCT/US2016/044406 2014-07-31 2016-07-28 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods WO2017019840A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201680054630.4A CN108431725B (en) 2015-07-30 2016-07-28 Thermally enhanced consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
KR1020187005873A KR102544090B1 (en) 2015-07-30 2016-07-28 Thermally strengthened consumer electronics glass and systems and methods therefor
JP2018504918A JP6749997B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2016-07-28 Thermally tempered consumer electronics glass and related systems and methods
US15/749,015 US11097974B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-07-28 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
EP16751081.7A EP3329348A1 (en) 2015-07-30 2016-07-28 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
CN202110880124.3A CN113620577B (en) 2015-07-30 2016-07-28 Thermally enhanced consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US17/380,461 US11891324B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2021-07-20 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US18/403,845 US20240140852A1 (en) 2015-07-30 2024-01-04 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods

Applications Claiming Priority (20)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/814,319 2015-07-30
US14/814,232 2015-07-30
US14/814,274 2015-07-30
US14/814,335 2015-07-30
US14/814,293 US9802853B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Fictive temperature in damage-resistant glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,293 2015-07-30
US14/814,319 US9975801B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 High strength glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,303 US9783448B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thin dicing glass article
US14/814,363 2015-07-30
US14/814,335 US10077204B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thin safety glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,303 2015-07-30
US14/814,363 US10005691B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Damage resistant glass article
US14/814,274 US9776905B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Highly strengthened glass article
US14/814,232 US9296638B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thermally tempered glass and methods and apparatuses for thermal tempering of glass
US201562236296P 2015-10-02 2015-10-02
US62/236,296 2015-10-02
US201662286192P 2016-01-22 2016-01-22
US62/286,192 2016-01-22
US201662288851P 2016-01-29 2016-01-29
US62/288,851 2016-01-29

Related Parent Applications (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/814,293 Continuation US9802853B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 Fictive temperature in damage-resistant glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,319 Continuation US9975801B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 High strength glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,232 Continuation-In-Part US9296638B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 Thermally tempered glass and methods and apparatuses for thermal tempering of glass
US14/814,335 Continuation US10077204B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2015-07-30 Thin safety glass having improved mechanical characteristics
US14/814,274 Continuation-In-Part US9776905B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 Highly strengthened glass article
US14/814,303 Continuation US9783448B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 Thin dicing glass article
US14/814,363 Continuation-In-Part US10005691B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 Damage resistant glass article
US14/814,363 Continuation US10005691B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2015-07-30 Damage resistant glass article

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/749,015 A-371-Of-International US11097974B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-07-28 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US17/380,461 Continuation US11891324B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2021-07-20 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017019840A1 true WO2017019840A1 (en) 2017-02-02

Family

ID=57884940

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2016/044406 WO2017019840A1 (en) 2014-07-31 2016-07-28 Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP3329348A1 (en)
JP (1) JP6749997B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102544090B1 (en)
CN (2) CN113620577B (en)
WO (1) WO2017019840A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3879594A4 (en) * 2018-11-05 2022-08-17 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Display device and method for manufacturing same

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102657561B1 (en) 2018-09-03 2024-04-16 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Glass substrate and method of manufacturing the same

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100279068A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2010-11-04 Glen Bennett Cook Embossed glass articles for anti-fingerprinting applications and methods of making
WO2012125857A1 (en) * 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Apple Inc. Controlled chemical strengthening of thin glass
US20130323444A1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 Karl David Ehemann Cover glass article
US20140065401A1 (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Corning Incorporated Glass articles with high flexural strength and method of making
WO2014060108A2 (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Audi Ag Control element for a motor vehicle
US20140120279A1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2014-05-01 Corning Incorporated Glass packaging ensuring container integrity
WO2016019171A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Corning Incorporated Glass or glass-ceramic for windows, countertops, and other applications

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3223549A (en) * 1964-11-09 1965-12-14 Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co Coating of glass sheet while deformable and supported on gas
US3497340A (en) * 1968-07-29 1970-02-24 Ppg Industries Inc Method of tempering and reshaping glass sheets
JP3118789B2 (en) * 1992-06-04 2000-12-18 日本電気硝子株式会社 Slow cooling method for glass plate
BR9707118A (en) * 1996-03-21 1999-12-28 Peter Lisec Process and system for tempering glass.
JP3238322B2 (en) * 1996-04-15 2001-12-10 日本板硝子株式会社 Heat strengthened flat glass
CN1197797C (en) * 1999-05-17 2005-04-20 泰克诺帕特股份公司 Device for heating plates of glass
JP4109491B2 (en) * 2002-05-07 2008-07-02 日本板硝子株式会社 Translucent glass panel
JP4397196B2 (en) * 2002-09-04 2010-01-13 セントラル硝子株式会社 Thermally tempered glass and manufacturing method and apparatus thereof
JP2006298691A (en) * 2005-04-20 2006-11-02 Hitachi Ltd Flat-panel type image display device
US8234883B2 (en) * 2005-11-29 2012-08-07 Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. Apparatus and method for tempering glass sheets
US9339993B2 (en) * 2010-09-14 2016-05-17 Corning Incorporated Appliance fascia and mounting therefore
KR101379061B1 (en) * 2011-08-11 2014-03-28 (주)엘지하우시스 Heat strengthened vacuum glass
US20150004390A1 (en) * 2012-06-08 2015-01-01 Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. Tempered glass, tempered glass plate, and glass for tempering
JP5924489B2 (en) * 2012-06-21 2016-05-25 日本電気硝子株式会社 Method for producing tempered glass
CN104583141A (en) * 2012-08-24 2015-04-29 旭硝子株式会社 Reinforced glass
CN203923006U (en) * 2014-06-18 2014-11-05 洛阳兰迪玻璃机器股份有限公司 A kind of toughened glass production line

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100279068A1 (en) * 2009-05-04 2010-11-04 Glen Bennett Cook Embossed glass articles for anti-fingerprinting applications and methods of making
WO2012125857A1 (en) * 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Apple Inc. Controlled chemical strengthening of thin glass
US20140120279A1 (en) * 2012-02-29 2014-05-01 Corning Incorporated Glass packaging ensuring container integrity
US20130323444A1 (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 Karl David Ehemann Cover glass article
US20140065401A1 (en) * 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Corning Incorporated Glass articles with high flexural strength and method of making
WO2014060108A2 (en) * 2012-10-19 2014-04-24 Audi Ag Control element for a motor vehicle
WO2016019171A1 (en) * 2014-07-31 2016-02-04 Corning Incorporated Glass or glass-ceramic for windows, countertops, and other applications

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
D.R. TALLANT; T.A. MICHALSKE; W.L. SMITH: "The effects of tensile stress on the Raman spectrum of silica glass", J. NON-CRYST. SOLIDS, vol. 106, 1988, pages 380 - 383, XP024062594, DOI: doi:10.1016/0022-3093(88)90292-X

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3879594A4 (en) * 2018-11-05 2022-08-17 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Display device and method for manufacturing same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3329348A1 (en) 2018-06-06
CN108431725A (en) 2018-08-21
JP6749997B2 (en) 2020-09-02
CN113620577B (en) 2022-11-01
CN113620577A (en) 2021-11-09
JP2018531861A (en) 2018-11-01
CN108431725B (en) 2021-08-13
KR20180033583A (en) 2018-04-03
KR102544090B1 (en) 2023-06-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11891324B2 (en) Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US20190002329A1 (en) Strengthened glass and related systems and methods
US10611664B2 (en) Thermally strengthened architectural glass and related systems and methods
EP3328803A1 (en) Thermally strengthened automotive glass
WO2017019837A1 (en) Thermally strengthened architectural glass and related systems and methods
WO2017020041A1 (en) Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods
EP3402762B1 (en) Thin thermally and chemically strengthened glass-based articles
US20190002330A1 (en) Thermally strengthened automotive glass
WO2017020040A2 (en) Thermally strengthened glass and related systems and methods
US20190047893A1 (en) Thermally strengthened photochromic glass and related systems and methods
TW202043036A (en) Glass laminates having determined stress profiles and methods of making the same
WO2017019840A1 (en) Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US20240140852A1 (en) Thermally strengthened consumer electronic glass and related systems and methods
US20230051724A1 (en) Strengthened glass articles and consumer electronic products including the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16751081

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018504918

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187005873

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2016751081

Country of ref document: EP